grepcent / static financial knowledge base

BEYOND MEAT, INC. (BYND)

CIK: 0001655210. SIC: 2000 Food and Kindred Products. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-04-09.

SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > Food And Kindred Products > SIC 2000 Food and Kindred Products

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1655210. Latest filing source: 0001655210-26-000022.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read BYND's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read BYND's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue275,496,000USD20252026-04-09
Net income219,024,000USD20252026-04-09
Assets614,747,000USD20252026-04-09

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-04-09. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001655210.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue32,581,00087,934,000297,897,000406,785,000464,700,000418,933,000343,376,000326,452,000275,496,000
Net income-30,384,000-29,886,000-12,443,000-52,752,000-182,105,000-366,137,000-338,144,000-160,278,000219,024,000
Operating income-28,565,000-27,989,000-489,000-49,345,000-174,933,000-342,771,000-341,898,000-156,124,000-333,621,000
Gross profit-2,191,00017,574,00099,756,000122,275,000117,281,000-23,743,000-82,655,00041,699,0007,646,000
Diluted EPS-0.29-0.85-2.88-5.75-5.26-2.43-1.83
Operating cash flow-25,273,000-37,721,000-46,995,000-39,995,000-301,370,000-320,244,000-107,825,000-98,813,000-144,931,000
Capital expenditures7,908,00022,228,00023,795,00057,696,000135,961,00070,475,00010,564,00011,015,00012,308,000
Assets133,749,000451,923,000468,006,0001,379,399,0001,062,224,000774,450,000678,146,000614,747,000
Stockholders' equity-66,573,000-95,913,000-121,750,000384,090,000367,097,000132,495,000-203,548,000-513,368,000-601,208,000-997,000
Cash and cash equivalents54,271,000275,988,000159,127,000733,294,000309,922,000190,505,000131,913,000203,890,000
Free cash flow-33,181,000-59,949,000-70,790,000-97,691,000-437,331,000-390,719,000-118,389,000-109,828,000-157,239,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin-93.26%-33.99%-4.18%-12.97%-39.19%-87.40%-98.48%-49.10%79.50%
Operating margin-87.67%-31.83%-0.16%-12.13%-37.64%-81.82%-99.57%-47.82%-121.10%
Return on assets-22.34%-2.75%-11.27%-13.20%-34.47%-43.66%-23.63%35.63%
Current ratio4.098.463.7311.178.005.014.664.56

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places BYND against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

BYND Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2000; peer count 10.BYND Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2000; peer count 10.10 SIC peersMin -34.0%Median 6.1%Max 79.5%BYND 79.5%

Operating margin peer context

BYND Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2000; peer count 10.BYND Operating margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2000; peer count 10.10 SIC peersMin -121.1%Median 7.3%Max 15.4%BYND -121.1%

ROA peer context

BYND ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2000; peer count 10.BYND ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 2000; peer count 10.10 SIC peersMin -33.1%Median 3.7%Max 35.6%BYND 35.6%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Income statement bridge from reported figures

BYND FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.BYND FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.BYND income bridgeFY2025: revenue to net incomeSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Income statement bridgeReported amount-$500.0M$0.0B$500.0M$275.5MRevenue-$267.9MCost$7.6MGross-$341.3MOpEx-$333.6MOperating+$552.6MOther/tax$219.0MNet income

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Revenue: accession 0001655210-26-000022; concept RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax; source concepts us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax | Gross profit: accession 0001655210-26-000022; concept GrossProfit; source concepts us-gaap:GrossProfit | Operating income: accession 0001655210-26-000022; concept OperatingIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss | Net income: accession 0001655210-26-000022; concept NetIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

BYND FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.BYND FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.BYND free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0M-$144.9MOperating cash flow-$12.3MCapex-$157.2MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0001655210-26-000022; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001655210-26-000022; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001655210-26-000022; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

BYND revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $275.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

BYND net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $219.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income-$500.0M$0.0B$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

BYND operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Operating incomeLatest point: FY2025 = -$333.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating income-$500.0M-$250.0M$0.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.

BYND gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Gross profitLatest point: FY2025 = $7.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearGross profit-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: GrossProfit. Source concepts: us-gaap:GrossProfit.

BYND diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = -$1.83/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)-$6.00/share-$3.00/share$0.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

BYND operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$144.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow-$500.0M-$250.0M$0.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

BYND capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $12.3MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

BYND assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $614.7MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

BYND stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = -$997.0KSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity-$750.0M$0.0B$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

BYND cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2025 = $203.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$375.0M$750.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

BYND free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.BYND Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$157.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow-$500.0M-$250.0M$0.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001655210-26-000022; filed 2026-04-09. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-07. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001655210.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-07-02-1.53reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-10-01-1.60reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-04-01-0.92reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-04-01-59,037,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-07-01102,149,000-0.83reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-07-01-53,505,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-3075,312,000-1.09reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-3173,679,000-155,110,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-3075,603,000-54,361,000-0.84reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-03-30-54,361,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-2993,185,000-0.53reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-06-29-34,479,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-2881,006,000-0.41reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-3176,658,000-44,862,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-2968,731,000-52,916,000-0.69reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-03-29-52,916,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-2874,958,000-0.38reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-06-28-29,242,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-2770,218,000-1.44reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-3161,589,000411,870,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-2858,206,000-28,482,000-0.06reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

BYND quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.BYND quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.BYND Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $58.2MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-28; accession 0001655210-26-000037; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

BYND quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.BYND quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.BYND Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = -$28.5MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income-$250.0M$0.0B$500.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-28; accession 0001655210-26-000037; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

BYND quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.BYND quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.BYND Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = -$0.06/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)-$2.00/share-$1.00/share$0.00/share2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-28; accession 0001655210-26-000037; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001655210-26-000037.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-07. Report date: 2026-03-28.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on April 9, 2026 (the “2025 10-K”), Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors and Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this report and those discussed in other documents we file from time to time with the SEC. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included in this quarterly report and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our 2025 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods and our operating results for the three months ended March 28, 2026 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026 or for any other interim period or for any other future year or period.

Overview

Beyond Meat is a leading plant-based meat company offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats and other innovative plant-based food and beverage products. We seek to deliver the power of plants to consumers through our plant-based meat products, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products, and adjacent products that deliver taste and macronutrients from plants and plant-based ingredients. Our brand promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare.

We sell a range of plant-based meat products across our three core platforms of beef, pork and poultry. As of March 2026, Beyond Meat branded products were available across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, with certain of our products available generally for a limited time exclusively through our Beyond Test Kitchen DTC channel, which we launched in the fourth quarter of 2025.

As the demand for plant-based meat products has continued to decline persistently over the past three years, we have continued to adjust to the changing market landscape and evolving patterns in consumer demand to position Beyond Meat for long-term growth. In addition to our cost-cutting initiatives, we have taken steps to broaden our distribution channels, including direct-to-consumer sales, optimize our distributor relationships and seek more effective consumer input to enable us to respond to shifts in consumer preferences. For example, we launched our Beyond Test Kitchen DTC platform, in the fourth quarter of 2025, giving consumers early access to new plant-based protein products, generally for a limited time, which allows us to test new products directly with consumers and obtain consumer feedback and make adjustments before investing in potential broader product releases. We have also sought to further simplify and improve the quality of product ingredients, including with the use of avocado oil in many of our products. We have also taken our first step in expanding our product portfolio to product adjacencies with the introduction in January 2026 of Beyond Immerse, a plant-based protein beverage, through our Beyond Test Kitchen DTC channel. We continue to focus on expanding our share of the market for plant-based meat products, particularly in select markets and geographies where we see both short- and long-term opportunities for growth, as well as where we believe we

48

can position ourselves as the go-to provider of healthy and desirable plant-based meats and other plant-based protein products.

In early 2026, we commenced a strategic repositioning of our brand to “Beyond The Plant Protein Company,” under which we are expanding beyond our plant-based meat products into a broader portfolio of plant-based protein offerings across multiple categories and adjacencies, including products like Beyond Immerse, our first functional beverage line of sparkling plant-based protein drinks. This repositioning is intended to address prolonged weakness and category contraction in the traditional plant-based meat segment by leveraging our plant-based protein expertise, technology platform and brand to pursue new growth opportunities across multiple product categories and adjacencies. In April 2026, we entered into a distribution agreement with Big Geyser, a major non-alcoholic beverage distributor, to expand distribution of Beyond Immerse beyond the DTC channel into retail, convenience, foodservice and other outlets. The repositioning and beverage expansion will require incremental investment in marketing, distribution infrastructure and working capital, and there can be no assurance that these initiatives will be successful or generate returns sufficient to offset the required investment. See Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors, included elsewhere in this report.

Net revenues decreased to $58.2 million in the three months ended March 28, 2026 from $68.7 million in the three months ended March 29, 2025, representing a 15.3% decrease. We have a history of losses and negative cash flows from operating activities. Net loss in the three months ended March 28, 2026 and March 29, 2025 was $28.5 million and $61.1 million, respectively, as persistent weak demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, changes in product sales mix and distribution losses in certain channels, among other things, resulted in declines in our net revenues that we were unable to offset with commensurate cost reductions. Loss from operations in the three months ended March 28, 2026 and March 29, 2025 was $41.1 million and $64.4 million, respectively. In the three months ended March 28, 2026 and March 29, 2025, we incurred negative cash flows from operating activities of $5.0 million and $26.1 million, respectively.

Our operating environment continues to be negatively affected by several challenges, including, but not limited to, ongoing, further weakened demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, particularly in the refrigerated subsegment, among others, adverse changes in consumer tastes and perceptions about plant-based meat, broad macroeconomic headwinds including inflation, high interest rates, waning consumer confidence and potential recessionary concerns in certain geographic regions, adverse changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of our products, increased competitive activity in the plant-based meat category, global events such as the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East, and their impacts on the surrounding areas and global economy, current and proposed future tariffs as well as their potential impact on availability of raw materials and/or distribution of our products, and increased uncertainty surrounding international trade policy and regulations, including through the implementation of retaliatory tariffs or related counter-measures and the negative effects of anti-American sentiment, among others, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results. In recent periods, our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows have been adversely impacted by the following, each of which may continue to impact our business and financial condition in the future.

•unfavorable changes in our product sales mix, including the launch of new products, which may carry lower margin profiles relative to existing products, increased sales to strategic QSR customers as a percentage of our total sales, which generally carry a lower selling price per pound, and lower demand for our core products;

•continued weak demand and its resultant impact on our sales due to slower category growth, particularly for refrigerated plant-based meat;

•the impact of general economic conditions in the U.S. and international markets on us, our customers, our suppliers, our vendors and consumers, including concerns related to inflation, geopolitical and

49

economic uncertainty and instability, the conflict in the Middle East, and its impact on the surrounding areas and global economy, a potential recession, the shutdown of the federal government including regulatory agencies, tariffs and trade wars, increased energy and fuel costs, and the effects of those conditions on consumer spending;

•unfavorable changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of plant-based meats, including our products, and increased competitive activity;

•deceleration of the adoption of plant-based meat across Europe and ongoing regulatory uncertainty about labeling and marketing practices, which could negatively impact our ability to expand distribution of our products;

•the impact of the plant-based meat sector’s premium pricing relative to animal protein, which has caused and could continue to cause consumers to avoid plant-based meat or trade down into cheaper forms of protein, including animal meat, beans and other non-animal meat protein sources;

•negative impacts on capacity utilization as a result of lower than anticipated demand and, therefore, production volumes, which have in the past and could in the future give rise to increased cost of goods sold per pound, underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines, and/or the write-down or write-off of certain equipment and other fixed assets and impairment charges, all of which could negatively impact gross margin, driving less leverage on fixed costs and delaying the speed at which cost savings initiatives positively impact our financial results;

•changes in forecasted demand, including for our core products—namely Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, Beyond Chicken, Beyond Steak and Beyond Sausage—and others;

•managing inventory levels, including sales to liquidation channels at lower prices, write-down or write-off of excess and obsolete inventory, or increase in inventory provision;

•changes in our pricing strategy, including actions intended to improve our price competitiveness relative to competing products or to improve profitability, such as price increases of certain of our products in our U.S. retail and foodservice channels that we implemented in 2024;

•increased cost of goods sold per pound due to input cost inflation, including higher transportation, storage, raw materials, energy, labor and supply chain costs;

•potential disruption to our supply chain generally caused by distribution and other logistical issues, including the impact of cyber incidents at suppliers and vendors; and

•labor needs at the Company as well as in the supply chain and at customers.

Cost-Reduction Initiatives and Global Operations Review

A key component of achieving our long-term business strategy is to achieve cost leadership and continue driving the cost of our products down over time. In

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-04-09. Report date: 2025-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this report generally discusses 2025 and 2024 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2025 and 2024. Discussions of 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023 that are not included in this report can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

Overview

Beyond Meat is a leading plant-based meat company offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats and other innovative plant-based food and beverage products. We seek to deliver the power of plants to consumers through our plant-based meat products, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products, and adjacent products that deliver taste and macronutrients from plants and plant-based ingredients. Our brand promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare.

We sell a range of plant-based meat products across our three core platforms of beef, pork and poultry. As of December 2025, Beyond Meat branded products were available across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, with certain of our products available generally for a limited time exclusively through our Beyond Test Kitchen DTC channel, which we launched in the fourth quarter of 2025.

As the demand for plant-based meat products has continued to decline persistently over the past three years, we have continued to adjust to the changing market landscape and evolving patterns in consumer demand to position Beyond Meat for long-term growth. In addition to our cost-cutting initiatives, discussed in more detail below, we have taken steps to broaden our distribution channels, including direct-to-consumer sales, optimize our distributor relationships and seek more effective consumer input to enable us to respond to shifts in consumer preferences. For example, we launched our Beyond Test Kitchen DTC platform, in the fourth quarter of 2025, giving consumers early access to new plant-based protein products, generally for a limited time, which allows us to test new products directly with consumers and obtain consumer feedback and make adjustments before investing in potential broader product release. We have also sought to further simplify and improve the quality of product ingredients, including with the use of avocado oil in many of our products. We have also taken our first step in expanding our product portfolio to product adjacencies with the introduction in January 2026 of Beyond Immerse, a plant-based protein beverage. With the completion of the Exchange Offer in October 2025, we have also restructured our debt, and we are continuing to impose operating discipline throughout our company. We continue to focus on expanding our share of the market for plant-based meat products, particularly in select markets and geographies where we see both short- and long-term opportunities for growth, as well as where we believe we can position ourselves as the go-to provider of healthy and desirable plant-based meats and other plant-based products.

Net revenues decreased to $275.5 million in 2025 from $326.5 million in 2024, representing a 15.6% decrease. We have a history of losses and negative cash flows from operating activities. We have experienced

74

net losses in almost every period since our inception. Although we recorded net income of $219.0 million in 2025, primarily driven by the gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, of $548.7 million resulting from the Exchange Offer, we incurred loss from operations of $333.6 million in 2025 (compared to loss from operations of $156.1 million and $341.9 million, in 2024 and 2023, respectively) and net losses of $160.3 million and $338.1 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively, as persistent weak demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, changes in product sales mix and distribution losses in certain channels, among other things, resulted in declines in our net revenues that we were unable to offset with commensurate cost-reductions. In 2025, 2024 and 2023, we incurred negative cash flows from operating activities of $144.9 million, $98.8 million and $107.8 million, respectively.

Our operating environment continues to be negatively affected by several challenges, including, but not limited to, ongoing, further weakened demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, particularly in the refrigerated subsegment, among others, adverse changes in consumer tastes and perceptions about plant-based meat, broad macroeconomic headwinds including inflation, high interest rates, waning consumer confidence and potential recessionary concerns in certain geographic regions, adverse changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of our products, increased competitive activity in the plant-based meat category, global events such as the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine and the escalating armed conflict in the Middle East involving the United States, Israel and Iran, and their impacts on the surrounding areas and global economy, current and proposed future tariffs as well as their potential impact on availability of raw materials and/or distribution of our products, and increased uncertain surrounding international trade policy and regulations, including through the implementation of retaliatory tariffs or related counter-measures and the negative effects of anti-American sentiment, among others, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results. In recent periods, our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows have been adversely impacted by the following, each of which may continue to impact our business and financial condition in the future.

•unfavorable changes in our product sales mix, including the launch of new products, which may carry lower margin profiles relative to existing products, increased sales to strategic QSR customers as a percentage of our total sales, which generally carry a lower selling price per pound, and lower demand for our core products;

•continued weak demand and its resultant impact on our sales due to slower category growth, particularly for refrigerated plant-based meat;

•the impact of general economic conditions in the U.S. and international markets on us, our customers, our suppliers, our vendors and consumers, including concerns related to inflation, geopolitical and economic uncertainty and instability, the escalating armed conflict in the Middle East involving the United States, Israel and Iran, and its impact on the surrounding areas and global economy, a potential recession, the shutdown of the federal government including regulatory agencies, tariffs and trade wars, increased energy and fuel costs, and the effects of those conditions on consumer spending;

•unfavorable changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of plant-based meats, including our products, and increased competitive activity;

•deceleration of the adoption of plant-based meat across Europe and ongoing regulatory uncertainty about labeling and marketing practices, which could negatively impact our ability to expand distribution of our products;

•the impact of the plant-based meat sector’s premium pricing relative to animal protein, which has caused and could continue to cause consumers to avoid plant-based meat or trade down into cheaper forms of protein, including animal meat, beans and other non-animal meat protein sources;

•negative impacts on capacity utilization as a result of lower than anticipated demand and, therefore, production volumes, which have in the past and could in the future give rise to increased cost of goods sold per pound, underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain

75

arrangements and product lines, and/or the write-down or write-off of certain equipment and other fixed assets and impairment charges, all of which could negatively impact gross margin, driving less leverage on fixed costs and delaying the speed at which cost savings initiatives positively impact our financial results;

•changes in forecasted demand, including for our core products—namely Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, Beyond Chicken, Beyond Steak and Beyond Sausage—and others;

•managing inventory levels, including sales to liquidation channels at lower prices, write-down or write-off of excess and obsolete inventory, or increase in inventory provision;

•changes in our pricing strategy, including actions intended to improve our price competitiveness relative to competing products or to improve profitability, such as price increases of certain of our products in our U.S. retail and foodservice channels that we implemented in 2024;

•increased cost of goods sold per pound due to input cost inflation, including higher transportation, storage, raw materials, energy, labor and supply chain costs;

•potential disruption to our supply chain generally caused by distribution and other logistical issues, including the impact of cyber incidents at suppliers and vendors; and

•labor needs at the Company as well as in the supply chain and at customers.

Cost-Reduction Initiatives and Global Operations Review

A key component of achieving our long-term business strategy is to achieve cost leadership and continue driving the cost of our products down over time. In response to the difficult environment and the negative impact of certain factors on our business and the overall plant-based meat category, beginning in 2022 we pivoted our focus toward sustainable long-term growth supported by three pillars: (1) driving margin recovery and operating expense reduction through the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms; (2) inventory reduction and cash flow generation through more efficient inventory management; and (3) focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting key strategic long-term partners and opportunities.

In 2023, we initiated our Global Operations Review, which involves narrowing our commercial focus to certain anticipated growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts have to date included or resulted in, and may in the future include or result in, the exit or discontinuation of select product lines; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; non-cash charges such as provision for excess and obsolete inventory and potential additional impairment charges, write-offs, disposals and accelerated depreciation of fixed assets, and losses on sale and write-down of fixed assets; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; workforce reductions; and the cessation of our operational activities in China in 2025.

As part of this review, on November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce) (the “November 2023 RIF”). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2023, we incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the November 2023 RIF, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. These charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023, and the November 2023 RIF was substantially complete by the end of 2023.

On February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce in North America and the EU by approximately 44 employees, representing approximately 17% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 6% of our total global workforce) (the “February 2025 RIF”). The decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2025, we recorded one-time cash

76

charges of approximately $1.2 million in connection with the 2025 February RIF, primarily consisting of severance payments, employee benefits and related costs, in all cases, provided to departing employees and contract termination costs. The February 2025 RIF was substantially complete as of the end of the third quarter of 2025.

In addition, as part of our Global Operations Review, on February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to suspend our operational activities in China, which ceased as of the end of 2025. As part of this plan, we reduced our workforce in China by approximately 20 employees, representing approximately 95% of our China workforce (or approximately 3% of our total global workforce) (the “China RIF”). The decision to suspend our operational activities in China was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2025, we recorded one-time cash charges of approximately $0.4 million in connection with the China RIF, primarily consisting of severance payments, employee benefits and related costs, in all cases, provided to departing employees, and contract termination costs. The China RIF was substantially complete as of the end of the third quarter of 2025.

In addition, as a result of our decision to suspend our operational activities in China, we have recorded $6.4 million in accelerated depreciation related to the reassessment of useful lives of certain assets in the year ended December 31, 2025. Furthermore, for the year ending December 31, 2026, we expect to record approximately $2.2 million in accelerated depreciation for our remaining leasehold improvement assets in China. The calculation of the charges we estimate are subject to uncertainties and based on a number of assumptions, including applicable legal requirements and asset disposition plans; the actual charges incurred may differ from the estimates disclosed above.

On August 6, 2025, management approved a plan to reduce our workforce in North America by approximately 40 employees, representing approximately 5% of our total global workforce (the “August 2025 RIF”). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce cost of goods sold and operating expenses. In 2025, we recorded one-time cash charges of approximately $1.1 million in connection with the August 2025 RIF, primarily consisting of severance payments, employee benefits and related costs, in all cases, provided to departing employees. In aggregate, the August 2025 RIF is expected to result in approximately $5.0 million to $6.0 million in cash compensation expense savings, and an additional approximately $0.5 million to $1.0 million in non-cash savings related to previously granted, unvested stock-based compensation that would have been earned over the twelve months following the August 2025 RIF. The August 2025 RIF was substantially complete as of the end of the third quarter of 2025.

In the fourth quarter of 2025, through our Transformation Office led by our interim Chief Transformation Officer, we accelerated the work of our Global Operations Review and implemented further actions intended to, among other things, position the business for a more fundamental resizing of operating expenses, drive margin recovery, including through targeted investments in our facilities and supply chain cost-reductions, reduce inventory and associated carrying costs through SKU rationalization and the discontinuation of certain product lines, and preserve cash and monetize non-strategic or idle assets. In connection with these actions, in the fourth quarter of 2025, we recorded an incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory in the amount of $2.4 million as a result of SKU rationalization and the decision to discontinue certain product lines. In addition, we identified certain property, plant and equipment that was no longer deemed core to our strategic objectives or required for our future operations and recorded these assets at estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, in Assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, resulting in non-cash charges of $45.6 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale recorded in operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2025.

In addition, as a result of management finalizing its decision to cease our operations in China indefinitely, we also completed an evaluation of our property, plant and equipment in China. Upon valuation of these assets by a third party, assets that were determined to be not salable were fully depreciated, while assets that were determined salable were recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, in Assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, resulting in non-cash charges of $1.5 million in accelerated depreciation recorded in cost of goods sold and $3.4 million in loss on write-down of assets held for

77

sale recorded in operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2025. Furthermore, for the year ending December 31, 2026, we expect to record approximately $2.2 million in accelerated depreciation for our remaining leasehold improvement assets in China unrelated to the assets held for sale noted above. See Note 7, Property, Plant and Equipment, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Total loss on write-down of assets held for sale recorded in operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2025 was $49.0 million. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had $9.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in Assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet. We expect these assets held for sale will be sold within one year.

The following table summarizes the non-cash charges recorded in our consolidated statement of operations in 2025 as a result of the cessation of our operational activities in China:

(in thousands)2025
Cost of goods sold:
Inventory write-offs$260
Accelerated depreciation5,575
Research and development expenses:
Accelerated depreciation915
SG&A expenses:
Loss on write-down and write-off of assets3,712
Total$10,462

The following table summarizes the non-cash charges recorded in our consolidated statement of operations in 2025 as part of our Global Operations Review.

(in thousands)2025
Non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold:
Incremental excess and obsolescence provision arising from strategic decisions(1)$6,672
Expenses related to cessation of operational activities in China5,835
Total non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold$12,507
Non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses:
Loss on write-down of assets held for sale(2)$48,987
Expenses related to cessation of operational activities in China1,272
Total non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses50,259
Total$62,766

_________

(1) Includes an incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory recorded in the fourth quarter of 2025 in the amount of $2.4 million as a result of SKU rationalization and the decision to discontinue certain product lines.

(2) Includes $45.6 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale relating to certain property, plant and equipment that was no longer deemed core to our strategic objectives or required for our future operations and $3.4 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale in connection with the cessation of our operational activities in China.

We may not be able to fully realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated from our cost-reduction initiatives and Global Operations Review, and the realized costs may be greater than expected. See Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to optimize our operations and product portfolio and improve our cost structure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, including achieving and/or sustaining our profitability, cash flow and financial performance objectives.

78

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In the three months ended September 27, 2025, the following triggering events indicated that the carrying amount of our long-lived assets may not be fully recoverable:

•lower than expected performance in the third quarter of 2025;

•a sustained decline in our stock price, resulting in a decrease in market capitalization; and

•our determination in the third quarter of 2025 that the ongoing softness in the plant-based meat category is likely to persist longer than previously anticipated.

We performed a quantitative assessment in accordance with ASC 360 and concluded that an impairment of our long-lived assets existed as of September 27, 2025. As a result of this assessment, we recorded an impairment loss of $51.3 million (as corrected; see Item 9B, Other Information, included elsewhere in this report) related to our long-lived assets in the third quarter of 2025, including (a) $35.8 million for Property, plant and equipment, net, (b) $0.9 million for Operating lease right-of-use assets, and (c) $14.6 million for Prepaid lease costs, non-current. The impairment loss is included in Loss from impairment of long-lived assets in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025. During the fourth quarter of 2025, we completed our annual assessment of our long-lived assets and determined that there were no additional indicators of impairment to the remaining carrying amounts of our long-lived assets. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Polices—Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, and Note 8, Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Correction of Previously Issued Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

In the process of completing its fourth quarter and year-end 2025 financial close procedures, and in addition to the previously identified material weakness disclosed in the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 27, 2025, the Company determined that a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting existed as of December 31, 2025, related to controls associated with the accounting for its inventory provision, including amounts recorded for the provision for excess and obsolete inventory. See Item 9A, Control and Procedures, included elsewhere in this report. As part of its fourth quarter and year-end financial close procedures, and in reviewing the impact of the identified material weaknesses on the Company’s financial statements, the Company identified certain errors related to its previously issued interim condensed consolidated financial statements for 2025. Specifically, for the first three quarters of 2025, the errors resulted in an understatement of cost of goods sold and certain selling, general and administrative expenses, and an overstatement of loss from impairment of long-lived assets in the third quarter of 2025. Management believes that the errors are immaterial to the previously issued quarterly condensed consolidated financial statements for the first three quarters of 2025. See Part II, Item 9B, Other Information, included elsewhere in this report.

Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Net Revenues

We generate net revenues primarily from sales of our products to our customers across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, mainly in the United States, the EU and Canada, with certain of our products available generally for a limited time exclusively through our Beyond Test Kitchen DTC channel, which we launched in the fourth quarter of 2025. Following the initiation of our Global Operations Review, in recent periods, as part of our effort to reduce excess or obsolete inventory and generate incremental cash, we have also generated net revenues from ingredient sales.

79

We present our net revenues by geography and distribution channel as follows:

Distribution ChannelDescription
U.S. RetailNet revenues from retail sales to the U.S. market (including direct-to-consumer sales) and, sales to TPP (as defined below)(1)(2)
U.S. FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to the U.S. market
International RetailNet revenues from retail sales to international markets, including Canada
International FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to international markets, including Canada

_____________

(1)Net revenues associated with Beyond Meat Jerky sold to the Planet Partnership, LLC (“TPP”) in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $0, $0 and $5.3 million, respectively. As part of our Global Operations Review, in 2023, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line and discontinued it in 2024.

(2)Includes net revenues from ingredient sales. Net revenues from ingredient sales in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, were $0.4 million, $2.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

The following factors and trends in our business have driven net revenue generation in prior periods and are expected to be key drivers of net revenue generation over time, subject to the challenges discussed herein:

•the level of penetration across our retail channel, including mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and our foodservice channel, including the desire by colleges and schools, foodservice establishments, including large Full Service Restaurant and/or global QSR customers, to add plant-based products to their menus and to highlight and retain these offerings;

•the timing and success of our efforts to expand distribution channels, including our direct-to-consumer (DTC) channel, and the timing and success, including customer and consumer acceptance, of recently launched or new products such as Beyond Immerse, and our ability to secure broader distribution of recently launched or new products in retail channels;

•the strength and breadth of our partnerships with global QSR restaurants and retail and foodservice customers;

•the success of our pivot to focus on sustainable long-term growth, including focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting key strategic long-term partners and opportunities, and intensifying focus on channels and geographies that are exhibiting revenue growth;

•distribution expansion, the timing, success and level of trade and promotion discounts, market share growth, increased sales velocity, household penetration, repeat purchases, buying rates (amount spent per buyer) and purchase frequency across our channels, including the success of our direct-to-consumer (DTC) sales efforts, including through our Beyond Test Kitchen platform, and promotional programs at attracting new users to the plant-based meat category;

•international sales of our products across geographies, markets and channels as we seek to expand the breadth and depth of our international distribution and grow our numbers of international customers;

•our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time;

•our continued innovation and product commercialization, including the introduction of new products and improvement of existing products, such as our Beyond IV generation of products, that would enable us to appeal to a broad range of consumers, specifically those who typically eat animal-based meat, and the introduction of new products as we broaden our product portfolio to include plant-based foods and beverages, such as Beyond Immerse, with a focus on product intrinsics and compelling macronutrients;

•enhanced marketing efforts and the success thereof, as we continue to build our brand, use our portfolio and marketing to directly counter misinformation about our products and the plant-based meat

80

category, amplify our value proposition around taste, health and planet, serve as a best-in-class partner to both retail and foodservice customers to support product development and category management, and drive consumer adoption of our products;

•investment in in-store execution and field resources focused on shelf availability, in-store presence and merchandising, including building out concentrated brand blocks and targeted promotions to drive increased sales;

•overall market trends, including consumer awareness and demand for nutritious, convenient and high protein plant-based foods; and

•localized production and third-party partnerships to improve our cost of production and increase the availability, accessibility and speed with which we can get our products to customers internationally.

As we seek to stabilize and grow our net revenues, we continue to face several challenges, including, but not limited to, ongoing, further weakened demand within the plant-based meat category and for our products, adverse changes in consumer tastes and perceptions about plant-based meat, broad macroeconomic headwinds, including inflation, high interest rates, waning consumer confidence and potential recessionary concerns in certain geographic regions, adverse changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of our products, increased competitive activity in the plant-based meat category, global events such as the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine and the escalating armed conflict in the Middle East involving the United States, Israel and Iran and their impacts on the surrounding areas and global economy, current and proposed future tariffs as well as their potential impact on availability of raw materials and/or distribution of our products, and increased uncertainty surrounding international trade policy and regulations, including through the implementation of retaliatory tariffs or related counter-measures and the negative effects of anti-American sentiment.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. The expense associated with these discounts and promotions is estimated and recorded as a reduction in total gross revenues in order to arrive at reported net revenues. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset to Accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid which totaled $6.2 million and $6.8 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In addition, we have made changes in our pricing architecture including price increases of certain of our products in our U.S. retail and foodservice channels, and may in the future make changes, which may have a negative impact on our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin and profitability, impacting period-over-period results. We continue to face increasing competition across all channels, and we expect that trend to continue, especially as additional plant-based meat product brands continue to enter the marketplace and the competitive landscape continues to evolve, including due to industry consolidation or realignment, and if consumers continue to trade down into cheaper forms of protein, including animal meat, beans and other non-animal protein sources. In response, we expect to continue to invest in promotional discounting to address the current consumer trend with more targeted key selling period activations that we expect will allow us to continue to build brand awareness and increase consumer trials of our products.

In addition, because we do not have any purchase commitments from our distributors or customers, the amount of net revenues we recognize has varied and will vary in the future, from period to period depending on the volume, timing and channels through which our products are sold, and the impact of customer orders ahead of holidays, causing variability in our results. Similarly, the timing of retail shelf resets are not within our control, and to the extent that retail customers change the timing of such events, variability of our results may also increase. Lower customer orders ahead of holidays, shifts in customer shelf reset activity and changes in order patterns of one or more of our large retail customers could cause a significant fluctuation in our quarterly results and could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

Our financial performance also depends on our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time. Disruptions in our supply chain could affect customer demand, resulting in orders that may not

81

materialize due to delayed deliveries and subsequent lost sales that we may not be able to recover in full, or at all.

Further, we may not be able to recapture missed opportunities in later periods, for example if the opportunity is related to a significant grilling holiday like Memorial Day weekend, the Fourth of July, or Labor Day weekend. Missed opportunities may also result in missing subsequent additional opportunities. Internal and external operational issues therefore may impact the amount and variability of our results.

Seasonality

Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the U.S. summer grilling season. In 2025, 2024 and 2023, U.S. retail channel net revenues during the second quarter were 5%, 21% and 10% higher than the first quarter, respectively. In general, any historical effects of seasonality have been more pronounced within our U.S. retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel generally tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year, driven by increased levels of grilling activity, higher levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. In an environment of heightened uncertainty from potential recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors impacting our business, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit consists of our net revenues less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of our net revenues. Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of raw materials including ingredients and packaging, co-manufacturing fees, direct and indirect labor and certain supply costs, inbound and internal shipping and handling costs incurred in manufacturing our products, warehouse storage fees, plant and equipment overhead, depreciation and amortization expense, provision for excess and obsolete inventory and impairment charges, and accelerated depreciation on write-offs and disposals of fixed assets. Under certain circumstances, our cost of goods sold may also include underutilization and/or termination fees associated with our co-manufacturing agreements.

Subject to potential recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors impacting our business, we continue to expect that long-term gross profit and gross margin improvements will be delivered primarily through:

•investments in production equipment allowing for automation of certain manual functions in the production cycle;

•implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms;

•exiting select product lines in order to eliminate margin-dilutive products or to streamline our supply chain operations;

•improved volume leverage and throughput;

•reduced manufacturing conversion costs driven in part by network consolidation and optimization of our production network;

•greater internalization and geographic localization of our manufacturing footprint;

•finished goods, materials and packaging input cost-reductions and scale of purchasing;

•end-to-end production processes across a greater proportion of our manufacturing network;

•refreshed demand planning and production scheduling processes;

82

•scale-driven efficiencies in procurement and fixed cost absorption;

•product and process innovations and reformulations;

•improved supply chain logistics and distribution costs;

•optimization of assortment offerings through selected retailers with emphasis on higher margin products;

•enhanced controls, systems monitoring and management controls over trade spend investments; and

•reviewing and adjusting our pricing architecture.

Gross margin may, however, continue to be negatively impacted by reduced capacity utilization if demand for our products continues to decline, investments in our production infrastructure in advance of anticipated demand, which may not materialize within the expected timeframe if at all, investment in production personnel, partnerships and product pipeline, aggressive pricing strategies and increased discounting, increases in inventory provision, write-down or write-off of excess and obsolete inventory and potentially increased sales to liquidation channels at lower prices, changes in our product and customer sales mix, expansion into new geographies and markets where cost and pricing structures may differ from our existing markets, and underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines and, in some instances, certain non-routine charges. Gross margin improvement is also expected to continue to be negatively impacted by the impact of inflation, tariffs and increasing labor costs, materials costs and transportation costs.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation, scale-up expenses, depreciation and amortization expense on research and development assets, and facility lease costs. Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancements to our existing products and production processes in addition to the development of new products. Although we expect to continue to invest in research and development over time, we decreased our research and development expenses in 2025 and expect research and development expenses in 2026 to decrease compared to the levels in 2025 as we continue to focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly.

SG&A Expenses

SG&A expenses consist primarily of selling, marketing and administrative expenses, including personnel and related expenses, share-based compensation, outbound shipping and handling costs, non-manufacturing lease expense, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing and non-research and development assets, charges related to asset write-offs including loss on write-down of assets held for sale, consulting fees and other non-production operating expenses. Marketing and selling expenses include advertising costs, share-based compensation awards to non-employee consultants and brand ambassadors, costs associated with consumer promotions, product donations, product samples and sales aids incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build brand awareness. Marketing and selling expenses also include payments to customers for which the customer provides a distinct good or service to the Company. Administrative expenses include expenses related to management, accounting, legal, IT and other office functions, including accruals for legal matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable.

Our operating expenses (as well as capital expenditures) may continue to increase as we innovate and commercialize products; build our brand, seek to expand our distribution and marketing channels and drive consumer adoption of our products; optimize our production capacity through our own internal production

83

facilities, domestically and abroad; support our strategic and other QSR customer relationships; continue building out and optimizing our facilities, including the timing and success of surrendering, subleasing, assigning or otherwise transferring, developing or repurposing the remaining used and excess leased space or negotiating additional partial lease terminations at our Campus Headquarters on terms advantageous to us or at all; invest in our efforts to increase our customer base, supplier network and co-manufacturing partners; scale production across distribution channels; pursue geographic expansion or expand our operations in existing geographies in which we do business; and enhance our technology and production capabilities. These efforts may prove more expensive than we anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenues and margins sufficiently to offset the resulting higher expenses, particularly in light of some of the other challenges we face, for example ongoing and persistent declines in demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, and broad macroeconomic headwinds. We incur significant expenses in developing our innovative products, building out our facilities, securing an adequate supply of raw materials, obtaining and storing ingredients and other products, and marketing the products we offer. The development of new products may require significant expenditure before we generate substantial revenue from such products, and there is no guarantee that new products that we develop will be successful. In addition, many of our expenses, including some of the costs associated with our existing and any future manufacturing facilities, are fixed. Accordingly, we may not be able to successfully implement our long-term growth strategy or achieve or sustain profitability or positive cash flows, and we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

Loss on Write-down of Assets Held for Sale

We classify long-lived assets determined to be sold as held for sale in the period in which all specified GAAP criteria are met. We initially measure assets classified as held for sale at estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Any loss resulting from this measurement is recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met and are recorded in Loss on write-down of assets held for sale in our consolidated statements of operations, if applicable.

Restructuring Expenses

In 2017, management approved a plan to terminate an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release in connection with this matter. See Note 4, Restructuring, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected items in our consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202520242023
Net revenues$275,496$326,452$343,376
Cost of goods sold267,850284,753426,031
Gross profit (loss)7,64641,699(82,655)
Research and development expenses23,23528,14939,530
Selling, general and administrative expenses217,757169,674203,705
Loss on write-down of assets held for sale48,98716,639
Loss from impairment of long-lived assets51,288
Restructuring expenses(631)
Total operating expenses341,267197,823259,243
Loss from operations$(333,621)$(156,124)$(341,898)

84

The following table presents selected items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
Net revenues100.0%100.0%100.0%
Cost of goods sold97.287.2124.1
Gross profit (loss)2.812.8(24.1)
Research and development expenses8.48.611.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses79.052.059.3
Loss on write-down of assets held for sale17.84.8
Loss from impairment of long-lived assets18.6
Restructuring expenses(0.1)
Total operating expenses123.860.675.5
Loss from operations(121.0)%(47.8)%(99.6)%

Year Ended December 31, 2025 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Net Revenues

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20252024Amount%
U.S.:
Retail$124,478$150,812$(26,334)(17.5)%
Foodservice38,96347,584(8,621)(18.1)%
U.S. net revenues163,441198,396(34,955)(17.6)%
International:
Retail$53,166$59,783$(6,617)(11.1)%
Foodservice58,88968,273(9,384)(13.7)%
International net revenues112,055128,056(16,001)(12.5)%
Net revenues$275,496$326,452$(50,956)(15.6)%

Net revenues in 2025 decreased $51.0 million, or 15.6%, compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a 15.9% decrease in volume of products sold, partially offset by a 0.4% increase in net revenue per pound. The decrease in volume of products sold was primarily driven by weak category demand in the U.S. retail and foodservice channels, lower sales of burger products to certain QSR customers in the U.S. and international foodservice channels, and higher trade discounts as well as loss of distribution in the international retail channel. The increase in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates and price increases of certain of our products, partially offset by higher trade discounts.

Net revenues from U.S. retail channel sales in 2025 decreased $26.3 million, or 17.5%, compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a 17.2% decrease in volume of products sold and a 0.4% decrease in net revenue per pound. The decrease in volume of products sold was primarily driven by weak category demand and reduced points of distribution. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by higher trade discounts, partially offset by changes in product sales mix. U.S. retail channel net revenues in 2025 included $0.4 million in ingredient sales, compared to $2.4 million in ingredient sales in 2024. By product, the decrease in U.S. retail channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Breakfast Sausage, Beyond Meatballs and Beyond Beef Crumbles, partially offset by increased sales of Beyond Steak and our value added meal line of products.

85

Net revenues from U.S. foodservice channel sales in 2025 decreased $8.6 million, or 18.1%, compared to the prior year, primarily driven by an 18.7% decrease in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting weak category demand, lower burger and chicken sales to certain QSR customers and price elasticity effects resulting from price increases of certain of our products, partially offset by a 0.8% increase in net revenue per pound. The increase in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by changes in product sales mix and price increases of certain of our products, partially offset by higher trade discounts. By product, the decrease in U.S. foodservice channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Burger and chicken products, partially offset by increased sales of Beyond Steak, ground beef and Beyond Beef Crumbles.

Net revenues from international retail channel sales in 2025 decreased $6.6 million, or 11.1%, compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a 16.2% decrease in volume of products sold, partially offset by a 6.2% increase in net revenue per pound. The decrease in volume of products sold was primarily due to lower sales of burger, ground beef and dinner sausage products in the EU, partially offset by increased sales of steak products. The increase in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in product sales mix and price increases of certain of our products, partially offset by higher trade discounts. By product, the decrease in international retail channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Burger, dinner sausage products and ground beef, partially offset by increased sales of Beyond Steak and our value added meal line of products.

Net revenues from international foodservice channel sales in 2025 decreased $9.4 million, or 13.7%, compared to the prior year, primarily due to a 12.6% decrease in volume of products sold, primarily due to lower burger sales to certain QSR customers and, to a lesser extent, weak category demand, and a 1.5% decrease in net revenue per pound. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by changes in product sales mix and price decreases of certain of our products, partially offset by lower trade discounts and favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. By product, the decrease in international foodservice channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Burger and chicken products, partially offset by increased sales of Beyond Beef Crumbles.

The following table presents consolidated volume of our products sold in pounds for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20252024Amount%
U.S.:
Retail23,92028,892(4,972)(17.2)%
Foodservice6,4137,892(1,479)(18.7)%
International:
Retail11,01313,141(2,128)(16.2)%
Foodservice17,57120,109(2,538)(12.6)%
Volume of products sold58,91770,034(11,117)(15.9)%

Cost of Goods Sold

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20252024Amount%
Cost of goods sold$267,850284,753$(16,903)(5.9)%

Cost of goods sold decreased $16.9 million, or 5.9%, to $267.9 million in 2025, compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting decreased volume of products sold. Cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2025 included $5.6 million in accelerated depreciation and $0.3 million in inventory write-offs related to the cessation of our operational activities in China, as discussed above, $6.7 million in non-cash charges arising from an increase in inventory provision for excess and obsolete inventories, including $2.4 million associated

86

with SKU rationalization and the decision to discontinue certain product lines. Cost of goods sold increased on a per pound basis, primarily reflecting higher inventory provision and higher materials costs, partially offset by reduced manufacturing costs, including depreciation and lower logistics costs. As a percentage of net revenues, cost of goods sold increased to 97.2% of net revenues in 2025 from 87.2% of net revenues in the prior year.

We record our provision for inventory quarterly based on various factors, among other things, obsolescence due to changes in product formulations, packaging formats or strategic decisions to exit certain product lines; expiration of certain inventories due to under-consumption relative to purchased quantities; damaged, lost or contaminated inventories; and excess quantities of certain inventories relative to actual demand or forecasts, or as a result of significant changes in demand for our products. These adjustments may result in significant write-downs of inventory and increases in cost of goods sold from period to period. See also Part II, Item 9B, Other Information, included elsewhere in this report.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20252024Amount%
Gross profit7,64641,699$(34,053)(81.7)%
Gross margin2.8%12.8%N/AN/A

Gross profit in 2025 was $7.6 million compared to gross profit of $41.7 million in the prior year, a decrease of $34.1 million or 81.7%. Gross margin in 2025 was 2.8% compared to gross margin of 12.8% in the prior year. Gross profit and gross margin in 2025 included $5.6 million in accelerated depreciation and $0.3 million in inventory write-offs related to the cessation of our operational activities in China, as discussed above, and $6.7 million in non-cash charges arising from an incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory as a result of SKU rationalization and the decision to discontinue certain product lines. Gross profit and gross margin in 2025 were negatively impacted by a 9.1% increase in cost of goods sold per pound, partially offset by a 0.4% increase in net revenue per pound.

As disclosed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Shipping and Handling Costs, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, we include outbound shipping and handling costs within SG&A expenses. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to other entities that present all shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20252024Amount%
Research and development expenses$23,235$28,149$(4,914)(17.5)%

Research and development expenses in 2025 decreased $4.9 million, or 17.5%, compared to the prior year. Research and development expenses decreased to 8.4% of net revenues in 2025 from 8.6% of net revenues in the prior year. Research and development expenses in 2025 included $0.9 million in accelerated depreciation related to the cessation of our operational activities in China. The decrease in research and development expenses was primarily due to lower expenses from in-sourcing trial production work and lower net lease-related expenses, which included a credit for sublease income (see Note 5, Leases, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report).

87

SG&A Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20252024Amount%
Selling, general and administrative expenses$217,757$169,674$48,08328.3%
Loss on write-down of assets held for sale$48,987$$48,987N/A

SG&A expenses, excluding the loss on write-down of assets held for sale, in 2025 increased $48.1 million, or 28.3%, to $217.8 million or 79.0% of net revenues in 2025, from $169.7 million or 52.0% of net revenues in the prior year. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to a $38.9 million litigation-related accrual, $8.1 million in incremental legal and other fees and expenses associated with arbitration proceedings related to a contractual dispute with a former co-manufacturer, $8.0 million in higher share-based compensation expense, primarily from a $13.3 million incremental share-based compensation expense related to the Exchange Offer, $3.6 million in higher consulting expenses, $1.2 million in higher salaries and related expenses, $1.2 million in higher general insurance expense net of a $2.8 million insurance recovery, and $0.4 million in loss on lease termination modification, partially offset by $2.7 million in lower advertising expense, $2.1 million in lower outbound freight expense, $1.7 million in lower commission expense and $1.4 million in lower supply chain expenses. In 2025 we identified certain property, plant and equipment that was no longer deemed core to our strategic objectives or required for our future operations and recorded these assets at estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, in Assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, resulting in non-cash charges of $45.6 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale recorded in operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2025. In addition, as a result of management finalizing its decision to cease our operations in China indefinitely, we also completed an evaluation of our property, plant and equipment in China. Upon valuation of these assets by a third party, assets that were determined to be not salable were fully depreciated, while assets that were determined salable were recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, in Assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, resulting in non-cash charges of $3.4 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale recorded in operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2025. In 2024, SG&A expenses included $7.5 million in litigation settlement expenses related to a class action settlement agreement in connection with the settlement of certain consumer class action lawsuits that originated in 2022.

Loss from Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20252024Amount%
Loss from impairment of long-lived assets$51,288$$51,288N/A

In the three months ended September 27, 2025, we determined that triggering events had occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of our long-lived assets may not be fully recoverable. We performed a quantitative assessment in accordance with ASC 360, and concluded that an impairment of our long-lived assets existed as of September 27, 2025. As a result of this assessment, we recorded an impairment loss of $51.3 million (as corrected; see Part II, Item 9B, Other Information, included elsewhere in this report) related to our long-lived assets in the third quarter of 2025, including (a) $35.8 million for Property, plant and equipment, net, (b) $0.9 million for Operating lease right-of-use assets, and (c) $14.6 million for Prepaid lease costs, non-current. During the fourth quarter of 2025, we completed our annual assessment of our long-lived assets and determined that there were no additional indicators of impairment to the remaining carrying amounts of our long-lived assets. There was no such impairment loss in 2024. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Note 8, Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Part II, Item 9B, Other Information, included elsewhere in this report.

88

Restructuring Expenses

In 2017 we terminated an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers due to non-performance under the agreement. As a result, in 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recorded $0, a credit of $0 and $(0.6) million, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no accrued unpaid restructuring expenses. See Note 4, Restructuring, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations in 2025 was $333.6 million compared to $156.1 million in the prior year. The increase in loss from operations was driven by higher operating expenses including $51.3 million (as corrected; see Part II, Item 9B, Other Information, included elsewhere in this report) in loss from impairment of long-lived assets recorded in the third quarter of 2025, a $38.9 million litigation-related accrual, a $49.0 million loss on write-down of assets held for sale, including $45.6 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale relating to certain property, plant and equipment that was no longer deemed core to our strategic objectives or required for our future operations, $8.1 million in incremental legal and other fees and expenses associated with arbitration proceedings related to a contractual dispute with a former co-manufacturer and $3.4 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale in connection with the cessation of our operational activities in China, $13.3 million in incremental share-based compensation expense related to the Exchange Offer and lower gross profit. Loss from operations in 2024 was negatively impacted by $7.5 million in SG&A expenses related to a class action settlement agreement in connection with the settlement of certain consumer class action lawsuits that originated in 2022.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

Total other income (expense), net, in 2025 of $552.7 million consisted primarily of $548.7 million in gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, $15.1 million in gain from the remeasurement of warrant liability, $11.8 million in net realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains due to favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, including generated from our intra-entity balances, and $3.5 million in interest income, partially offset by $(14.0) million in interest expense comprised of $(5.3) million in interest expense associated with the Delayed Draw Term Loans and Warrants, $(4.5) million in interest expense related to leases, $(3.1) million in interest expense from the amortization of 2027 Notes issuance costs and $(1.1) million in interest expense from the amortization of the debt discount associated with the 2030 Notes Embedded Derivative (see Note 3, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report) and $0.6 million in interest expense from the amortization of the debt discount resulting from the Warrants, and $(12.3) million in loss from remeasurement of derivative liability associated with the 2030 Notes Embedded Derivative.

Total other (expense) income, net, in 2024 of $(4.1) million consisted primarily of $(4.1) million in interest expense from the amortization of convertible debt issuance costs and $(6.3) million in net realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction losses due to unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, including generated from our intra-entity balances, partially offset by $6.0 million in interest income and $0.5 million in subsidies received from the Jiaxing Economic Development Zone Finance Bureau related to our investment in our subsidiary, Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd.

We expect interest expense to increase from the current levels in 2026 in connection with the amortization of the issuance date fair value of the 2030 Notes Embedded Derivative liability and amortization of debt discount, interest expense associated with the Delayed Draw Term Loans. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Account Policies, Note 3, Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Note 9, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

We expect to record significant mark to market adjustments arising from the remeasurement of our derivatives and other liabilities carried at fair value at each reporting period. See Note 2, Summary of Significant

89

Account Policies, Note 3, Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Note 9, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Income Tax Expense

In 2025 and 2024, we recorded income tax benefit of $0 and $26,000, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of income taxes for state jurisdictions which have gross receipts or gross margin tax requirements. No tax benefit was provided for losses incurred because those losses were offset by a full valuation allowance.

Net Income (Loss)

Net income in 2025 was $219.0 million compared to net loss of $(160.3) million in the prior year. Net income in 2025 was primarily driven by $548.7 million in gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, and $15.1 million in gain from the remeasurement of warrant liability, partially offset by higher operating expenses, including $51.3 million (as corrected; see Part II, Item 9B, Other Information, included elsewhere in this report) in loss from impairment of long-lived assets recorded in the third quarter of 2025, a $38.9 million litigation-related accrual, a $49.0 million loss on write-down of assets held for sale relating to certain property, plant and equipment that was no longer deemed core to our strategic objectives or required for our future operations, $8.1 million in incremental legal and other fees and expenses associated with arbitration proceedings related to a contractual dispute with a former co-manufacturer and $3.4 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale in connection with the cessation of our operational activities in China, and lower gross profit. Net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders—basic in 2025 and 2024 was $1.15 and $(2.43), respectively. Net loss per share available to common stockholders—diluted in 2025 and 2024 was $(1.83) and $(2.43), respectively. Net loss in 2024 was negatively impacted by $7.5 million in SG&A expenses related to a class action settlement agreement, in connection with the settlement of certain consumer class action lawsuits that originated in 2022.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the non-GAAP financial measures set forth below in assessing our operating performance and in our financial communications. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful additional information to investors about current trends in our operations and are useful for period-over-period comparisons of operations. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess operating performance and for business planning purposes. Management also believes these measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net income (loss) adjusted to exclude, when applicable, income tax (benefit) expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, restructuring expenses, share-based compensation expense, non-cash charges related to the cessation of our operational activities in China, costs related to a partial lease termination of a portion of the Campus Headquarters, non-cash loss from impairment of long-lived assets, litigation-related accruals, accrued litigation settlement costs, remeasurement of warrant liability, remeasurement of derivative liability, gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, and Other, net, including interest income and foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

“Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues.

There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues rather than their most directly comparable GAAP measures. Some of these limitations are:

90

•Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future increasing our cash requirements;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash required to service our debt, which reduces cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense and therefore does not include all of our compensation costs;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect non-cash charges related to the cessation of our operational activities in China;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain cash costs related to a partial lease termination of a portion of the Campus Headquarters, which reduces cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect non-cash loss from impairment of long-lived assets and therefore does not include all of our operating expenses;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect litigation-related accruals, which may, depending on the outcome of the underlying litigation, reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect accrued litigation settlement costs which reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the non-cash impact of the remeasurement of warrant liability;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the non-cash impact of the remeasurement of derivative liability;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not include gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, the income from which may in certain circumstances be taxable to us and reduce the cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect Other, net, including interest income and foreign currency transaction gains and losses, that may increase or decrease cash available to us; and

•other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

91

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss), as reported (unaudited):

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202520242023
Net income (loss), as reported$219,024$(160,278)$(338,144)
Income tax (benefit) expense(26)5
Interest expense14,0284,0973,955
Depreciation and amortization expense(1)26,28323,12148,094
Restructuring expenses(2)(631)
Share-based compensation expense17,72323,92329,098
Incremental share-based compensation expense(3)13,267
Non-cash charges related to the cessation of operational activities in China(4)6,490
Costs related to partial lease termination, net of amounts included in depreciation and amortization expense(5)443
Loss from impairment of long-lived assets51,288
Litigation-related accrual38,900
Accrued litigation settlement costs7,500
Remeasurement of warrant liability(15,077)
Remeasurement of derivative liability12,288
Gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees(548,651)
Other, net(6)(15,311)10(11,616)
Adjusted EBITDA$(179,305)$(101,653)$(269,239)
Net income (loss) as a % of net revenues79.5%(49.1)%(98.5)%
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues(65.1)%(31.1)%(78.4)%

_____________

(1)Excludes $6.4 million in accelerated depreciation related to the reassessment of useful lives of certain assets resulting from the cessation of our operational activities in China in 2025.
(2)Primarily comprised of legal and other expenses associated with the dispute with a co-manufacturer with whom an exclusive supply agreement was terminated in May 2017. On October 18, 2022, the parties to this dispute entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release related to this matter. In the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a credit of $(0.6) million, in restructuring expenses, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals.
(3)Incremental share-based compensation from management incentive plan (“MIP”) awards to certain key employees and acceleration of non-vested RSU awards granted to the Company’s non-employee directors in conjunction with the Exchange Offer. See Note 11, Share-Based Compensation—Restricted Stock Units, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(4)Includes $6.4 million in accelerated depreciation related to the reassessment of useful lives of certain assets resulting from the cessation of our operational activities in China in 2025.
(5)Excludes $1.0 million in amortization of lease termination costs apportioned for 2025, that are already included in Depreciation and amortization expense above.
(6)Includes $11.8 million and $(6.3) million in net realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains (losses), and $3.5 million and $6.0 million in interest income in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Includes $0.5 million in subsidies received from the Jiaxing Economic Development Zone Finance Bureau related to our investment in BYND JX in the year ended December 31, 2024.

92

Liquidity and Capital Resources

ATM Program

On March 18, 2024, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (the “2024 Shelf Registration Statement”) registering up to $250 million of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts and units (collectively, “Company securities”). The 2024 Shelf Registration Statement was declared effective on April 12, 2024 and allows us to sell, from time to time and at our discretion, Company securities having an aggregate offering price of up to $250.0 million including shares of common stock that may be sold pursuant to our equity distribution agreement with B. Riley, as sales agent (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”),under an “at the market” offering program (the “ATM Program”).

The Equity Distribution Agreement stipulates that we will pay B. Riley a commission equal to up to 3.0% of the gross offering proceeds of any shares of common stock sold through B. Riley pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement. We intend to use the net proceeds from sales of common stock issued under the ATM Program for general corporate and working capital purposes. The timing of any sales and the number of shares sold, if any, will depend on a variety of factors to be determined and considered by us, and we are not obligated to sell any shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement.

In 2025, we sold 58,888,790 shares of common stock under the ATM Program for an aggregate offering price of $151.7 million, with total issuance costs of approximately $3.0 million, resulting in aggregate net proceeds of approximately $148.7 million. In 2024, we sold 9,750,312 shares of common stock under the ATM Program for an aggregate offering price of $48.3 million, with total issuance costs of approximately $3.3 million resulting in aggregate net proceeds of approximately $45.0 million. Of the total issuance costs related to the ATM Program, $0 and $0.3 million remained unpaid as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, approximately $3.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in total issuance costs were capitalized to reflect the costs associated with the issuance of new shares of common stock and offset against proceeds from the ATM Program. As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately $2,000 in capacity remaining for further sale of shares of common stock under the ATM Program. As we did not timely file this report on or before the available extension afforded by our Form 12b-25 filing, we have no ability to sell shares under the 2024 Shelf Registration Statement. Additionally, because we were unable to file this report on or before the applicable filing deadline, we no longer satisfy the eligibility requirements for use of a registration statement on Form S-3, which requires that we file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed during the prior twelve calendar months. As a result, we have suspended the use of the 2024 Shelf Registration Statement and are unable to access the ATM Program as of the date of this report.

Convertible Notes and Exchange Offer

In 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of 2027 Notes in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). For a discussion about the Notes, see Note 9, Debt—2027 Notes, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On September 29, 2025, we commenced the Exchange Offer to exchange any and all of the 2027 Notes issued pursuant to the 2027 Notes Indenture for a pro rata portion of (i) up to $202.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2030 Notes and (ii) up to 326,190,370 shares of our common stock (the “New Shares”). Simultaneously with the Exchange Offer, we solicited consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) from holders of the 2027 Notes to adopt certain proposed amendments to the 2027 Notes Indenture. The Exchange Offer was completed on October 30, 2025, as discussed below.

In connection with the Exchange Offer, we issued a total of (i) $209,721,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2030 Notes (inclusive of $12.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 2030 Notes as payment of the SteerCo Premium) and (ii) 317,834,446 New Shares. The tendered and accepted 2027 Notes together represented 97.44% of the aggregate principal amount of 2027 Notes outstanding prior to the Exchange Offer. As of December 31, 2025, $29,459,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Notes remained outstanding.

93

In addition, in connection with the Exchange Offer, we completed the Consent Solicitation and entered into a supplemental indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) to the 2027 Notes Indenture with U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “2027 Notes Trustee”). The Supplemental Indenture eliminated substantially all of the restrictive covenants in the 2027 Notes Indenture as well as certain events of default and related provisions applicable to the 2027 Notes.

The 2030 Notes were issued pursuant to the 2030 Notes Indenture dated as of October 15, 2025, by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”). The 2030 Notes are secured, second lien obligations of the Company. The 2030 Notes will mature on October 15, 2030, unless earlier redeemed, converted, equitized or repurchased in accordance with the terms of the 2030 Notes. The 2030 Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum from October 15, 2025 (the “Early Settlement Date”), which interest may be paid in cash or, subject to certain limitations, in shares of common stock. At the option of the Company, interest on the 2030 Notes may be accrued and compounded in whole or in part for any interest period as “payment-in-kind” interest at a rate of 9.50% per annum from the Early Settlement Date. The Company has used the PIK option for the 2030 Notes and expects to elect the PIK option through the term of the 2030 Notes. The initial conversion rate for the 2030 Notes is 572.7784 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2030 Notes, which represents a conversion price of approximately $1.7459 per share of our common stock. The conversion rate will be increased for conversions occurring prior to October 15, 2028 to reflect a “make-whole” premium, payable in the form of shares of common stock, to compensate holders for interest that would have been payable to such date. We are permitted to satisfy our obligations under the 2030 Notes with any settlement method we are otherwise permitted to elect, including by physical settlement of shares of common stock. The 2030 Notes are convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the second trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. Under certain circumstances and subject to conditions set forth in the 2030 Notes Indenture, we may elect to redeem, equitize or force a mandatory conversion of the 2030 Notes.

Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2025, on January 12, 2026, we and Beyond Meat BV entered into a First Supplemental Indenture (the “First Supplemental Indenture”) with the Collateral Agent. The First Supplemental Indenture modified the 2030 Notes Indenture to provide for the guarantee of the 2030 Notes by the Beyond Meat BV, which are secured on a second-priority basis by our assets and the assets of Beyond Meat BV, subject to certain exceptions. See Note 17, Subsequent Events—First Supplemental Indenture, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

The 2030 Notes Indenture includes incurrence based negative covenants, including but not limited to, limitations on debt, limitations on liens, limitations on investments, limitations on mergers, consolidations, and sales of all or substantially all assets, limitations on transactions with affiliates, limitations on restricted payments, limitations on asset sales, limitations on dividends and other payment restrictions affecting any direct or indirect subsidiaries, limitations on future guarantees by subsidiaries without such subsidiaries also guaranteeing the 2030 Notes, limitations on disposals of assets, limitations on impairment of security and restrictions on certain liability management priming transactions with respect to the 2030 Notes. The 2030 Notes Indenture also includes a covenant requiring minimum liquidity of $15.0 million, to be tested quarterly, a covenant that limits our ability to repurchase, redeem, retire, exchange or otherwise acquire the 2027 Notes other than pursuant to the prices and other conditions to be set forth in the 2030 Notes Indenture and a cap of $60.0 million on the amount of cash that can be used to repay the 2027 Notes at the maturity of such notes, subject to increase to the extent of any equity raises by us. See Item 1A, Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Lease Obligations, Indebtedness, Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital—Risks Our significant indebtedness and liabilities could limit the cash flow available for our operations, expose us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and impair our ability to satisfy our obligations under our outstanding indebtedness.

In the event of certain “fundamental changes,” including without limitation, if our common stock is delisted, under the terms of the applicable indenture, we are required to offer to repurchase all of the outstanding Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding

94

plus accrued and unpaid interest and if such “fundamental change” constitutes a Make-Whole Fundamental Change (as defined in the applicable indenture), then we may be required to temporarily increase the conversion rate for such Notes. As of the date hereof, we have received a deficiency notice from Nasdaq, which, if not satisfied, could result in the delisting of our common stock.

The carrying amount of the liability for the 2030 Notes as of December 31, 2025 was $308.4 million, net of debt discount discussed below, which represents the issuance date principal amount plus the undiscounted future cash flows using the PIK election, including any amounts contingently payable that we recognized on the completion of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer was accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), which requires us to recognize the entire amount of the future undiscounted cash flows as a liability at the closing of the Exchange Offer. As of December 31, 2025, issuance costs related to the 2030 Notes were approximately $38.2 million, of which $6.5 million were attributable to legal fees and other direct costs incurred in granting equity interest (issuing New Shares) and $31.7 million were attributable to legal fees and other direct costs incurred to effect the TDR under ASC 470-60, “Debt—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors.” The equity-related costs reduced the initial carrying amount of the equity interest issued and the non-equity costs incurred in the TDR were recorded as approximately $14.1 million included in selling, general and administrative expenses and approximately $17.6 million as a reduction to the gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, included in our consolidated statements of operations. In addition, in connection with the Exchange Offer, approximately $5.4 million of remaining unamortized debt costs from the 2027 Notes were written off and included as a reduction to the gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, included in our consolidated statements of operations.

The 2030 Notes contain certain embedded derivatives that require bifurcation and separate accounting from the debt host pursuant to ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”), including separate valuations of fair value for those derivatives both at the issuance date and at the end of subsequent reporting periods thereafter until the derivatives expire, are canceled or the debt is no longer outstanding. We accounted for the bifurcated derivative instruments as a single, combined derivative instrument (the “2030 Notes Embedded Derivative”). Accordingly, the fair value of the 2030 Notes Embedded Derivative at the issuance date was $26.9 million, recorded as a debt discount to the 2030 Notes and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recognized $1.1 million in interest expense related to the amortization of this discount. Furthermore, the change in fair value of the 2030 Notes Embedded Derivative from the issuance date to December 31, 2025 was $12.3 million and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2025, the embedded derivative liability was $39.2 million. See Note 3, Fair Value of Financial Instruments—Valuation of 2030 Notes Embedded Derivative, and Note 9, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Loan and Security Agreement; Warrant Agreement

On May 7, 2025, we, as the borrower, entered into the Loan and Security Agreement with Unprocessed Foods, LLC, the other lenders party thereto (together with Unprocessed Foods, the “Lenders”) and certain of our subsidiaries, as guarantors, pursuant to which the Lenders agreed to provide for the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million. Beyond Meat BV has guaranteed our obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement. The Delayed Draw Term Loans are secured by a first-priority lien and security interest in substantially all of our assets and the assets of Beyond Meat BV, subject to certain exceptions.

The Delayed Draw Term Loans borrowed under the Loan and Security Agreement mature on February 7, 2030 (the “Initial Maturity Date”), which we may extend with the relevant Lenders’ consent to no later than May 7, 2035. Borrowings under the Loan and Security Agreement accrue interest at a rate of 12.0% per annum, provided that if the maturity date of any Delayed Draw Term Loan has been extended after the Initial Maturity Date, then such rate per annum will be 17.5% after the Initial Maturity Date. Proceeds of the Delayed Draw Term Loans may not be used to repay, amortize or restructure any debt for borrowed money other than debt owed to the Lenders and debt incurred by a Loan Party to finance the purchase, construction or improvement of any asset or services. Accrued but unpaid interest on each Delayed Draw Term Loan is compounded on a

95

quarterly basis and payable “in kind” by adding the amount of such accrued interest to the principal amount of the outstanding Delayed Draw Term Loans under the Loan and Security Agreement.

Among other things, the Loan and Security Agreement includes covenants that (i) require us to maintain liquidity of at least $15.0 million, (ii) do not permit our cash interest payments due under all of the Loan Parties’ subordinated debt and unsecured debt for borrowed money for any fiscal year, in the aggregate, to exceed $20.0 million, and (iii) cap the amount of cash that can be used to repay the 2027 Notes at their maturity at $60.0 million, subject to increase to the extent of any equity raises. The Loan and Security Agreement also contains covenants that restrict the ability of the Loan Parties and certain of their subsidiaries to make dividends or distributions, incur additional debt (including subordinated debt), engage in certain asset sales, mergers, acquisitions or similar transactions, create liens on assets, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, change their businesses or make investments. The Loan and Security Agreement also contains change of control provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing an otherwise beneficial takeover of the Company. See Item 1A, Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Lease Obligations, Indebtedness, Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital—Risks Our significant indebtedness and liabilities could limit the cash flow available for our operations, expose us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and impair our ability to satisfy our obligations under our outstanding indebtedness.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, on May 7, 2025, we also entered into a warrant agreement with the Lenders (the “Warrant Agreement”) setting forth the rights and obligations of us and the Lenders, as holders, in connection with Warrants representing the right to purchase up to, in the aggregate, 9,558,635 shares of our common stock (the “Maximum Warrant Share Amount”) at an initial exercise price of $3.26 per share calculated based on the terms of the Warrant Agreement. The Loan and Security Agreement provides that, at each funding date of any Delayed Draw Term Loan, we would execute and deliver to the applicable Lenders Warrants representing the pro rata portion of the Maximum Warrant Share Amount based on the amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan provided by such Lender on the date thereof. We agreed to provide certain customary registration rights with respect to the resale of shares of common stock underlying Warrants held by or issuable to the holders from time to time and we subsequently registered for resale on Form S-3 the 9,558,635 shares of common stock underlying the Warrants outstanding. The Warrant Agreement also contains customary indemnity, exculpation and contribution obligations in connection with such registration.

On June 26, 2025 and September 18, 2025, at our request, Unprocessed Foods, as the sole Lender at such time, made Delayed Draw Term Loans to us in the principal amounts of $40.0 million (the “Initial Draw”) and $60.0 million (the “Second Draw”), respectively. We plan to use the proceeds from such Delayed Draw Term Loans for general corporate purposes.

On June 26, 2025, in connection with the Initial Draw, we issued to Unprocessed Foods Warrants to purchase 3,823,454 shares of common stock with an initial exercise price of $3.26 per share, a fair value per share of $2.09 and an aggregate fair value of approximately $8.0 million. On September 18, 2025, in connection with the Second Draw, we issued to Unprocessed Foods Warrants to purchase 5,735,181 shares of common stock with an initial exercise price of $3.26 per share, that were previously held as contingently issuable Warrants. See Note 1, Introduction, Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 9, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On October 15, 2025, in connection with the Exchange Offer, we entered into the First Amendment to LSA with Unprocessed Foods, and an Intercreditor Agreement (as amended, the “Intercreditor Agreement”), with Unprocessed Foods and the Collateral Agent under the 2030 Notes which, among other things, provides for the relative priorities of the security interests in the assets securing the 2030 Notes, the loans pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement and certain of our additional debt, and certain other matters relating to the administration of security interests. The terms of the Intercreditor Agreement expressly subordinate, in right of payment and in liens, the obligations under the 2030 Notes to the obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement.

96

Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, the exercise price of the Warrants is subject to a weighted average adjustment for certain below-market issuances of equity or equity-linked securities, subject to exceptions. On December 22, 2025, we adjusted the exercise price for the Warrants from $3.26 to $1.95 in order to fully account for any and all potential past or future adjustments relating to the Exchange Offer, the payment of interest on the 2030 Notes in the form of common stock or in the form of payment-in-kind interest, as well as certain mandatory conversions, equitizations and make-whole payments that could result in additional issuances of common stock thereunder, if any.

As of December 31, 2025, we had drawn the entire $100.0 million and had no amount available under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility. The aggregate fair value of the Warrants was initially recorded as a discount to the debt under the Delayed Draw Term Loans and is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method. The unamortized portion of the fair value of the Warrants was $19.5 million as of December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, issuance costs comprised of legal fees and other direct costs of $7.2 million in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement were recorded as a debt discount against the $100.0 million principal amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loans in our consolidated balance sheet and is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method.

As of December 31, 2025, we were in compliance with the covenants of the Loan and Security Agreement. However, because we failed to timely deliver to the lender by March 31, 2026 certain audited annual financial statements for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, as required by the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement, we were in default and provided notice thereof to the lender as required. Upon the filing of this report containing such audited annual financial statements and delivery to the lender of certain other documents required to be delivered concurrently, such default will be remedied and we will regain compliance with the covenants of the Loan and Security Agreement.

Liquidity Outlook

Our cash from operations has been and could continue to be, affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Note 12 Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. In addition, inflation, tariffs, high interest rates in certain geographic regions, overall economic conditions and concerns about ongoing hostilities in Eastern Europe and the Middle East, among other factors, have led to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets generally, which could adversely affect our ability to access capital resources in the future and potentially harm our liquidity outlook.

We have experienced net losses in almost every period since our inception. Although we recorded net income of $219.0 million in 2025, primarily driven by the gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, of $548.7 million resulting from the Exchange Offer, we incurred loss from operations of $333.6 million in 2025 (compared to loss from operations of $156.1 million and $341.9 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively) and net losses of $160.3 million and $338.1 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively. In 2025, 2024 and 2023, we incurred negative cash flows from operating activities of $144.9 million, $98.8 million and $107.8 million, respectively. While we are implementing a business plan focused on achieving sustainable, profitable operations over time, including the strategic initiatives described elsewhere in this report, we expect that we will continue to operate at a loss for the foreseeable future. As part of our current business plan, we intend to continue to reduce operating expenses and utilize inventory management to reduce working capital, while investing in capital projects at our production facilities to reduce production costs.

In 2023, we initiated our Global Operations Review, which involves narrowing our commercial focus to certain anticipated growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts have to date included or resulted in, and may in the future include or result in, the exit or discontinuation of select product lines; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; non-cash charges such as provision for excess and obsolete inventory and potential additional impairment charges, write-offs, disposals and accelerated depreciation of

97

fixed assets, and losses on sale and write-down of fixed assets; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; workforce reductions; and the cessation of our operational activities in China in 2025.

Based on our current business plan, we believe that our existing cash balances, including our anticipated cash flows from operating activities, will be sufficient to fund our operations and meet our foreseeable cash requirements through the next twelve months. However, our ability to meet these requirements will depend on, among other things, our ability to achieve anticipated levels of revenue and cash flows from operating activities and our ability to manage costs and working capital successfully. Additionally, we may use our cash resources faster than we predict due to unexpected expenditures or higher-than-expected expenses due to unfavorable macroeconomic events, including inflationary pressures or otherwise, competition or other factors that are beyond our control.

Given that we continue to incur losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities, we may seek to raise additional capital in the future through the issuance of additional equity and/or debt securities, and/or incur other indebtedness, some or all of which may, subject to the covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness, be secured, to continue to fund our operations and repay our indebtedness. Any such capital raises through the issuance of equity and/or debt securities, could result in additional dilution to our existing stockholders and may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. Any issuance of additional equity or debt securities may be for cash or in exchange for any of our outstanding convertible notes, which could have a highly dilutive effect on current stockholders and could negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. Similarly, if the Lenders exercise their Warrants pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the resulting issuance of our common stock to such Lenders would have a dilutive effect on our current stockholders and could negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, any such potential financings may result in the imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. For example, the Loan and Security Agreement and the indenture governing the 2030 Notes contain covenants that restrict our ability to engage in certain transactions and could limit our ability to raise additional financing. See Liquidity Loan and Security Agreement; Warrant Agreement above. Furthermore, any securities issued pursuant to potential financings may include rights that are senior to our shares of common stock. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully raise additional funds for the amounts needed or when needed, or on terms commercially acceptable, if at all. Our inability to raise required capital in the future would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Lease Obligations, Indebtedness, Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital included elsewhere in this report. Our cash requirements under our significant contractual obligations and commitments are listed below in the section titled “Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors including, among others, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, which has continued to decline; our rate of revenue generation and the success of our planned gross margin expansion initiatives; the results of our Global Operations Review and the successful implementation of our ongoing cost-reduction initiatives; the impact of economic and political conditions in the U.S. and international markets on our business; timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structure in response to material fluctuations in product demand; the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets; our investment in and build out of our Campus Headquarters, including the timing and success of surrendering, subleasing, assigning or otherwise transferring the remaining excess space or negotiating other partial lease terminations and/or subleases or other dispositions of our Campus Headquarters on terms advantageous to us or at all; the success of, and expenses associated with, our marketing initiatives; our investment in manufacturing and facilities to optimize our manufacturing and production capacity, including underutilization fees, termination fees and exit costs; our investments in real property; the costs required to fund domestic and international operations and growth; the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes; any lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us; the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel; variations in product selling prices and costs, the timing and success of

98

changes to our pricing architecture, and the mix of products sold; the level of trade and promotional spending to support our products appropriately; the expenses associated with our sales force; our management of accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and other working capital accounts; the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our cash balances; the costs associated with being a public company; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.

Our operating environment continues to be affected by uncertainty related to macroeconomic issues, including economic and geopolitical uncertainty in domestic and international markets, ongoing, further weakened demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, inflation, high interest rates, current and proposed future tariffs and related trade wars, increased uncertainty surrounding international trade policy and regulations, including through the implementation of retaliatory tariffs or related counter-measures and the negative effects of anti-American sentiment, and potential recessionary concerns, among other things, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results, including our liquidity outlook. Our ability to make progress toward reducing operating expenses and achieving our profitability, cash flow and financial performance objectives is dependent on a number of assumptions and uncertainties, including, without limitation, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, which has continued to decline; our ability to both raise capital and reduce costs and achieve positive gross margin; our ability to generate revenues and gross profit and meet operating expense reduction targets, which may be subject to factors beyond our control; timing of capital expenditures; and our ability to monetize inventory and manage working capital. The other risks described in this report may also hinder our ability to implement our strategic initiatives. As a result, we cannot guarantee that we will achieve our profitability and financial performance objectives in the future, whether on our expected timelines, or at all.

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary cash needs are for operating expenses, working capital and capital expenditures to support our business. We finance our operations primarily through sales of our products and existing cash. We may also generate incremental cash through ingredient sales and from sales of certain fixed assets.

Our 2024 Shelf Registration Statement allows us to sell, from time to time and at our discretion, Company securities having an aggregate offering price of up to $250.0 million including shares of common stock that may be sold pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement with B. Riley under the ATM Program. As of December 31, 2025, we sold an aggregate of 68,639,102 shares of common stock under the ATM Program for aggregate net proceeds of approximately $193.7 million. As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately $2,000 in capacity remaining for further sale of shares of common stock under the ATM Program. As we did not timely file this report on or before the available extension afforded by our Form 12b-25 filing, we have no ability to sell shares under the 2024 Shelf Registration Statement. Additionally, because we were unable to file this report on or before the applicable filing deadline, we no longer satisfy the eligibility requirements for use of a registration statement on Form S-3, which requires that we file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed during the prior twelve calendar months. As a result, we have suspended the use of the 2024 Shelf Registration Statement and are unable to access the ATM Program as of the date of this report. See ATM Program discussed above.

On May 7, 2025, we entered into the Loan and Security Agreement, which provides for a new first-lien senior secured debt in an aggregate principal amount of up to $100.0 million. On June 26, 2025 and September 18, 2025, at our request, Unprocessed Foods, as the sole Lender at such time, made Delayed Draw Term Loans to us in the principal amounts of $40.0 million and $60.0 million, respectively. We plan to use the proceeds from such Delayed Draw Term Loans for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2025, we had drawn the entire $100.0 million and had no amount available under the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2025, we had $104.6 million in Delayed Draw Term Loans outstanding, including PIK interest, which is included in Delayed draw term loans, net, in our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 9, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

99

As of December 31, 2025, we had $203.9 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $13.6 million in restricted cash, which was comprised of $12.6 million to secure the letter of credit delivered to our landlord as security for the performance of our obligations under our Campus Lease, and $1.0 million to secure the letter of credit associated with a third party contract manufacturer in Europe. As of December 31, 2025, Restricted cash, current of $4.4 million was associated with the Campus Lease. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, $9.3 million and $12.6 million, respectively, of the restricted cash was included in Restricted cash, non-current.

Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2025, we entered into a new sales agreement with Roquette for the supply of pea protein which requires us to procure a $1.0 million standby letter of credit to secure our payment obligations thereunder. See Note 17, Subsequent Events—Roquette Sales Agreement, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Cash Flows

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows (used in) provided by operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202520242023
Cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(144,931)$(98,813)$(107,825)
Investing activities$(10,250)$(6,232)$(9,491)
Financing activities$223,410$45,777$(550)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

In 2025, we recorded net income of $219.0 million, which was primarily due to a non-cash gain on debt restructuring, net of exchange fees, of $548.7 million. Net cash inflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities were $30.7 million, primarily due to a decrease in raw materials and packaging inventories and work in process inventories due to ongoing efforts to optimize working capital and reduce inventory levels and the impact from increased provision for excess and obsolete inventory, an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities resulting from a $38.9 million litigation-related accrual and a decrease in accounts receivable, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable from payments of outstanding balances and a reduction in expenditures; and a decrease in operating lease liabilities due to the partial lease termination of a portion of our Campus Headquarters building. In addition, significant non-cash items to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities included $557.9 million in gain on debt restructuring and exchange fees, $15.1 million in reduction in warrant liability and $12.1 million in gain on foreign currency exchange transactions, partially offset by non-cash expenses comprised of $49.3 million in loss on write-down and sale of fixed assets including $49.0 million relating to certain property, plant and equipment that was no longer deemed core to our strategic objectives or required for our future operations and $3.4 million in loss on write-down of assets held for sale in connection with the cessation of our operational activities in China, $32.8 million in depreciation and amortization expense, $31.0 million in share-based compensation expense, $12.3 million in loss on derivative liability, $4.0 million in non-cash lease expense and $5.0 million in amortization of debt issuance costs.

In 2024, we incurred a net loss of $160.3 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $98.8 million. Net cash outflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities were $4.0 million, primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable from payments of outstanding balances and a reduction in expenditures; an increase in prepaid lease costs, non-current due to lease payments towards unoccupied phases of our Campus Headquarters facility for which leases have not commenced; and a decrease in operating lease liabilities due to a reduction in new leases entered into, partially offset by a decrease in raw materials and packaging and work in process inventories due to ongoing efforts to optimize working capital and reduce inventory levels, particularly in raw materials and work-in-process; an increase in

100

accrued expenses and other current liabilities from non-receipt of vendor invoices; and a decrease in accounts receivable balances due to a decrease in billings to customers. Net loss in 2024, included $65.5 million in non-cash expenses comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, unrealized loss on foreign currency exchange transactions, loss on write-down of assets held for sale, provision for credit losses and equity in losses in TPP.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $32.8 million and $23.1 million in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Depreciation expense in 2025 and 2024 included $6.4 million and $0, respectively, in accelerated depreciation related to the reassessment of the useful lives of certain assets in China resulting from the cessation of our operational activities in China. Depreciation expense in 2025 included accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs and disposals of fixed assets, primarily recorded in cost of goods sold, as part of our Global Operations Review. For the year ending December 31, 2026, we expect to record approximately $2.2 million in accelerated depreciation for our remaining leasehold improvement assets in China.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our investments in property, plant and equipment, offset by proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets.

In 2025, net cash used in investing activities was $10.3 million and consisted of $12.3 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by investments in production equipment and facilities, partially offset by $1.9 million in proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets, $84,000 in proceeds from a note receivable on assets previously held for sale and $32,000 in proceeds from the return of security deposits.

In 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $6.2 million and consisted of $11.0 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by investments in production equipment and facilities, partially offset by $4.3 million in proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets and $0.4 million in proceeds from the return of security deposits.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

In 2025, net cash provided by financing activities was $223.4 million which consisted of $148.7 million in net proceeds from the sale of common stock under the ATM Program (net of $3.0 million in issuance costs recognized) and $100.0 million in Delayed Draw Term Loans, partially offset by $15.6 million in payments of debt issuance costs, of which $7.3 million was related to securing the Delayed Draw Term Loans and $8.3 million was related to costs paid directly to or on behalf of the creditors in the Exchange Offer, $6.5 million in payments of equity issuance costs, $2.7 million for payments under finance lease obligations and $0.4 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards.

In 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was $45.8 million which consisted of $46.7 million in net proceeds from the sale of common stock under the ATM Program (net of $1.6 million in issuance costs recognized) and $0.9 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $1.2 million for payments under finance lease obligations and $0.7 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Debt Obligations

In March 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of 2027 Notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. In connection with the Exchange Offer, we issued a total of (i) $209,721,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2030 Notes (inclusive of $12.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 2030 Notes as payment of the SteerCo Premium) and (ii) 317,834,446 New Shares. The tendered and accepted 2027 Notes together represented 97.44% of the aggregate principal amount of 2027

101

Notes outstanding prior to the Exchange Offer. As of December 31, 2025, $29,459,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2027 Notes remained outstanding. The carrying amount of the liability for the 2030 Notes as of December 31, 2025, was $308.4 million, which represents the issuance date principal amount plus the undiscounted future cash flows using the PIK election, including any amounts contingently payable that we recognized on the completion of the Exchange Offer and is included in 2030 Notes, net, under Long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. The Company expects to continue to make the PIK election throughout the term of the 2030 Notes. See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity—Convertible Notes and Exchange Offer above and Note 9, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On May 7, 2025, we entered into the Loan and Security Agreement with the Lenders and certain of our subsidiaries, as guarantors, pursuant to which the Lenders agreed to provide for the Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $100.0 million. In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, we also entered into the Warrant Agreement relating to the issuance of the Warrants that grant the Lenders the right to purchase up to, in the aggregate, 9,558,635 shares of our common stock. The Loan and Security Agreement provides that, at each funding date of any Delayed Draw Term Loan, we would execute and deliver to the applicable Lenders Warrants representing the pro rata portion of the Maximum Warrant Share Amount based on the amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan provided by such Lender on the date thereof. On June 26, 2025 and September 18, 2025, at our request, Unprocessed Foods, as the sole Lender at such time, made Delayed Draw Term Loans to us in the principal amounts of $40.0 million and $60.0 million, respectively. See Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity—Loan and Security Agreement; Warrant Agreement above, Note 1, Introduction, Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 9, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Leases

In 2021, we entered into the Campus Lease with HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house our Campus Headquarters. Although we are involved in the design of the tenant improvements of the Campus Headquarters, we do not have title or possession of the assets during construction. In addition, we do not obtain control of the leased space at the Campus Headquarters until the tenant improvements for the applicable phase in which the leased space is located have been completed and that phase has been delivered to us. We paid $8.3 million and $6.5 million in rent prepayments and payments towards construction costs of the Campus Headquarters in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. On September 17, 2024, we entered into the First Amendment to Lease, which amendment: (i) revised the square footage of the premises, building and project resulting in: (a) an increase in our base rent by approximately $851,000 over the initial lease term; (b) an adjustment to our percentage share of direct expenses; and (c) an increase in the tenant improvement allowance for use in Phase III of the Campus Headquarters; (ii) increased the tenant improvement allowance reflecting a reduction in the scope of the Landlord’s work; (iii) specified the tenant improvements that must be removed by us from the premises if the premises are not occupied in their entirety throughout the initial lease term and first extension term; and (iv) addressed other ministerial matters concerning the Campus Headquarters. Aggregate payments towards base rent over the initial lease term associated with the remaining phases not yet delivered to us are approximately $53.6 million as of December 31, 2025.

On May 9, 2025, we entered into the Second Amendment to Lease (the “Second Amendment”) which provided for, among other things, (i) the surrender by the Company to the Landlord of approximately 61,556 rentable square feet of the existing premises (the “Surrendered Premises”); (ii) a release of all claims arising out of, or based upon, any act, matter, or thing regarding the Surrendered Premises; (iii) the continued leasing of approximately 220,519 rentable square feet of the existing premises (the “Remaining Premises”) by the Company, including parking; (iv) payment by the Company of a one-time termination fee of $1.0 million for the benefit of the Landlord; (v) transfer of ownership to certain equipment from the Company to the Landlord; (vi) construction of modifications to the Surrendered Premises by the Company to be completed by June 30, 2025; (vii) payment by the Company of rent for the Surrendered Premises under the Campus Lease until at latest December 14, 2025; (viii) payment by the Company of the difference between (A) the Company’s base rent and

102

parking charges under the Campus Lease for the Surrendered Premises and (B) the base rent and parking charges payable by a new tenant under its new lease for the Surrendered Premises, beginning on the earlier of when the new tenant commences normal business operations in the Surrendered Premises and December 15, 2025, and ending on the last day of the Initial Term (as defined in the Campus Lease); and (ix) payment by the Company of customary brokers’ fees in connection with the Second Amendment.

Termination costs related to the Surrendered Premises in the year ended December 31, 2025 were $32.8 million, consisting of $31.3 million in prepaid rent related to the Surrendered Premises, a $1.0 million one-time termination fee and $0.5 million in brokers’ fees. As a result of the lease modifications under the Second Amendment, the Company remeasured the remaining lease liability and corresponding right-of-use (“ROU”) asset associated with the continuing portion of the lease. Based on the revised terms, including updated lease payments and term, the Company concluded that the classification of the remaining portion of the lease had changed from an operating lease to a finance lease. As such, $115.6 million previously classified as an operating lease right-of-use asset was reclassified as finance lease right-of-use asset. In addition, the right-of-use assets for the continuing portion of the lease increased by $19.9 million, due to the reclassification of amounts previously recorded as prepaid rent, and by $10.1 million related to increases in the present value of the lease liability following the modification. The remeasurement was performed using our incremental borrowing rate as of the modification date.

On July 16, 2025, we entered into the Third Amendment to Lease (the “Third Amendment”), resolving a dispute between us and the Landlord regarding the provision and disbursement of the tenant improvement allowance under the Campus Lease. Under the terms of the Third Amendment, in exchange for a release of certain claims, the Landlord agreed to provide to us a rent credit of up to $700,000 for certain tenant improvements, a tenant improvement allowance of up to $150,000 to construct certain improvements, and an extension to the end of the initial term of the Campus Lease for a Landlord-approved subtenant, assignee or transferee to use the tenant improvement allowance to construct improvements for its intended use.

Effective as of July 22, 2025, we entered into a Sublease Agreement (the “Varda Sublease”) with Varda Space Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Subtenant”), pursuant to which we subleased to the Subtenant approximately 54,749 rentable square feet of the Remaining Premises. See Note 5, Leases—Varda Sublease, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On October 7, 2025, we entered into a letter agreement with the Landlord and the Subtenant, pursuant to which, among other things, the Landlord provided its consent to the Varda Sublease.

Concurrently with our execution of the Original Lease, we delivered to the Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5 million, as security for the performance of our obligations under the Campus Lease. In connection with the Varda Sublease, we entered into the Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 7, 2025 with the Landlord, whereby the parties agreed to amend the schedule for reduction of our letter of credit to: (i) $8.25 million on November 9, 2026; (ii) $6.25 million on November 9, 2027; and (iii) $3.125 million on November 9, 2028; provided we are not then in default of our obligations under the Campus Lease. As of December 31, 2025, we had $13.6 million in restricted cash, which was comprised of $12.6 million to secure the letter of credit delivered to our landlord as security for the performance of our obligations under our Campus Lease, and $1.0 million to secure a letter of credit associated with a third party contract manufacturer in Europe. As of December 31, 2025, Restricted cash, current of $4.4 million was associated with the Campus Lease. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, $9.3 million and $12.6 million, respectively, of the restricted cash was included in Restricted cash, non-current. See Note 5, Leases, and Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies—Leases, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

The lease on our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center expired on January 31, 2024.

Given our intention to reduce our overall operating expenses and cash expenditures, on February 2, 2024, we terminated the agreement to purchase a property adjacent to our manufacturing facility in Enschede, the Netherlands (the “Enschede Property”) and the security deposit was returned to us, and subsequently paid to the purchaser of the property to be applied towards the deposit and future lease payments. We entered into the

103

Enschede Property Lease with the purchaser of the property to lease the approximately 114,000 square foot property for an initial period of five years with an option to renew for an additional five years at an annual rent of approximately €1.0 million. The Enschede Property Lease is classified as a finance lease in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025.

China Investment and Lease Agreement

In 2020, we and our subsidiary, BYND JX, entered into an investment agreement with the Administrative Committee (the “JX Committee”) of the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone (the “JXEDZ”) pursuant to which, among other things, BYND JX has agreed to make certain investments in the JXEDZ in two phases of development, and we have agreed to guarantee certain repayment obligations of BYND JX under such agreement. In the year ended December 31, 2024, we received $0.5 million in subsidies from the JXEDZ Finance Bureau. No such subsidies were received in the year ended December 31, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, we had invested $22.5 million as the registered capital of BYND JX that included $0.5 million to fund the cessation of our operational activities in China, and advanced $20.0 million to BYND JX. See Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies—China Investment and Lease Agreement, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

As part of our Global Operations Review, on February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to suspend our operational activities in China, which ceased as of the end of 2025.

The Planet Partnership

In 2021, we entered into TPP, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack products made from plant-based protein. In the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recognized our share of the net losses in TPP in the amount of $78,000, $73,000 and $3.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had contributed our share of the investment in TPP in the amount of $27.6 million. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Investment in Joint Venture, Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies—The Planet Partnership, and Note 15, Related Party Transactions—TPP, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Purchase Commitments

In 2022, we entered into a co-manufacturing agreement (“Agreement”) with a co-manufacturer to manufacture various products. The Agreement included a minimum order quantity commitment per month and an aggregate quantity over a five-year term. On November 21, 2023, we terminated the Agreement because the co-manufacturer failed to meet its obligations under the Agreement and recorded $4.4 million in termination-related charges. In March 2024, the co-manufacturer brought an action against us in a confidential arbitration proceeding. See Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies—Litigation—Arbitration with Former Co-Manufacturer, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On July 1, 2023, we and Roquette entered into a second amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to our pea protein supply agreement dated January 10, 2020, as amended by the first amendment dated August 3, 2022 (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the terms of the agreement and existing purchase commitments set forth in the First Amendment were revised and extended through December 31, 2025. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the purchase commitment was revised such that we committed to purchase pea protein inventory totaling $17.0 million in 2025, of which none remained as of December 31, 2025. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2025, we entered into a new sales agreement with Roquette for an initial two-year term expiring on December 31, 2027. See Note 17, Subsequent Events—Roquette Sales Agreement, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. In 2023, as part of our Global Operations Review, we wrote off $5.0 million in prepayments for an option to purchase pea protein inventory in the future that we estimated that we may not be able to use.

104

As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately $3.2 million in outstanding purchase order commitments for capital expenditures primarily to purchase property, plant and equipment including machinery and equipment, payments for which will be due within twelve months of December 31, 2025.

Settlement of Consumer Class Actions Regarding Protein Claims

On May 6, 2024, we entered into a confidential binding settlement term sheet with respect to certain consumer class action lawsuits that originated in 2022. On July 8, 2024, the parties entered into a class action settlement agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to contribute $7.5 million to a settlement fund in full satisfaction of all settlement costs and attorneys’ fees.

We paid $250,000 to the settlement fund in August 2024. The final effective date of the settlement agreement was April 24, 2025. We recorded $7.5 million in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses in our condensed consolidated statement of operations and paid $250,000 in the year ended December 31, 2024, and included $7.25 million in Accrued litigation settlement costs in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2024. We paid our final payment of $7.25 million into escrow by May 14, 2025. The court appointed settlement administrator will handle distributions to the class. See Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies—Litigation—Consumer Class Actions Regarding Protein Claims, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any holdings in variable interest entities.

Segment Information

We have one operating segment and one reportable segment, in the plant-based meat industry, offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meat. Our CODM, who is our Chief Executive Officer and President, reviews operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance for the entire company. We derive revenue primarily in North America and Europe and manage the business activities on a consolidated basis. Our CODM allocates resources and assesses performance at the consolidated level.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for information about these critical accounting policies as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are generated through sales of our products to distributors or customers. Revenue is recognized at the point in which the performance obligation under the terms of a contract with the customer

105

have been satisfied and control has transferred. Our performance obligation is typically defined as the accepted purchase order, the direct-to-consumer order, or the contract, with the customer which requires us to deliver the requested products at agreed upon prices at the time and location of the customer’s choice. We generally do not offer warranties or a right to return on the products we sell except in the instance of a product recall or other limited circumstances.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for fulfilling the performance obligation. Sales and other taxes we collect concurrently with the sale of products are excluded from revenue. Our normal payment terms vary by the type and location of our customers and the products offered. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. None of our customer contracts as of December 31, 2025 contains a significant financing component.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to our customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. Provision for discounts and incentives are recorded in the same period in which the related revenues are recognized. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset to accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid. The offsetting charge is recorded as a reduction of revenues in the same period when the expense is incurred.

We recognize the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. The incremental cost to obtain contracts was not material.

Inventories and Cost of Goods Sold

Inventories are recorded at lower of cost or net realizable value. We account for inventory using the weighted average cost method. In addition to product cost, inventory costs include expenditures such as direct labor and certain supply and overhead expenses including in-bound shipping and handling costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Inventories are comprised primarily of raw materials, direct labor and overhead costs. Weighted average cost method is used to absorb raw materials, direct labor, and overhead into inventory. We review inventory quantities on hand and record an estimated provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical and forecasted demand, estimated shelf life of various raw materials and packaging, work in process and finished goods inventory, as well as the age of the inventory, among other factors. We perform both quantitative and qualitative assessments of our inventory on hand to estimate the potential value of inventory that may not provide future economic value to us for various reasons, which may include, among other things, obsolescence due to changes in product formulations, packaging formats or strategic decisions to exit certain product lines; expiration of certain inventories due to under-consumption relative to purchased quantities; damaged, lost or contaminated inventories; and excess quantities of certain inventories relative to actual demand or forecasts, or as a result of significant changes in demand for our products. Upon estimating the value of such inventory amounts, we record a provision to reduce the carrying value of inventory on our balance sheet by such amount with a corresponding increase in cost of goods sold. These inventory provisions are adjusted quarterly based on the factors noted above by a write-down of inventory and increase in cost of goods sold from period to period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including, but not limited to, property, plant and equipment, lease right-of-use assets, and prepaid lease costs, are reviewed by management for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. When events or circumstances indicate that impairment may be present, management evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows expected from the use of the asset plus the residual value from the ultimate disposal will be less than the carrying value of the asset. If the estimated recoverable amounts are less than the carrying value of the asset, then such assets are written down to their estimated fair value and an impairment

106

loss is recognized based on the difference between the carrying value of the assets and their estimated fair values.

We consider all of our long-lived assets to represent a single entity-wide asset group for the purpose of long-lived asset impairment assessment, excluding those sublease assets associated with the Varda Sublease (as described in Note 5, Leases, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report). Management considers the subleased portion of the lease assets to represent a separate asset group, as these assets generate identifiable cash flows that are largely independent from the remainder of the entity-wide assets.

Fair values for the entity-wide asset group are estimated using the market approach and the income approach is utilized for the sublease asset group. The significant assumptions used in determining the fair value under the market approach relate to relevant market-based transactions and selected control premium. The significant assumptions used in estimating fair value under the income approach relate to forecasted cash flows, and the selected discount rate used in the discounted cash flow model under the income approach. The fair value of Property, plant and equipment is estimated using the replacement cost method, which is based on the cost to acquire a comparable asset in current market conditions, adjusted for accumulated economic depreciation and an in-utility adjustment to account for the loss of service potential not reflected by physical depreciation. The fair value of the right-of-use lease assets and prepaid lease costs, non-current are estimated using an income approach based on market-based rental rates for the relevant markets and property types and the selected discount rate. Significant assumptions used include estimated sublease payments, a period of vacancy before the sublease commences and expenses incurred to sublease the space.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Estimate of Useful Lives

During the first quarter of 2023, we completed a reassessment of the useful lives of our large manufacturing and research and development equipment, and determined that we should increase the estimated useful lives for certain of our equipment from a range of 5 to 10 years a uniform 10 years. The timing of this reassessment was based on a combination of factors accumulating over time, including historical useful life information and changes in our planned use of the equipment, that provided us with updated information that allowed us to make a better estimate of the economic lives of such equipment. This reassessment was accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and was made on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2023. This change in accounting estimate decreased depreciation expense for 2023 by $21.0 million, impacting cost of goods sold and research and development expenses by $19.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and decreased both basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders in 2023 by $0.33.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and new accounting pronouncements that may impact us.

107

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001655210-25-000034.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-03-05. Report date: 2024-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, and Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this document generally discusses 2024 and 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023. Discussions of 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022 that are not included in this document can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Overview

Beyond Meat is a leading plant-based meat company, offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats. We build meat directly from plants, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products. Our brand promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare.

We sell a range of plant-based meat products across our three core platforms of beef, pork and poultry. As of December 2024, Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 129,000 retail and foodservice outlets in more than 65 countries worldwide, across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools. The number of retail and foodservice outlets where Beyond Meat branded products are available was derived from rolling 52-week data as of December 2024 and excludes outlets unique to Beyond Meat Jerky, which we discontinued in 2024 as part of our Global Operations Review.

Net revenues decreased to $326.5 million in 2024 from $343.4 million in 2023, representing a 4.9% decrease. We have generated losses since inception. Net loss in 2024 and 2023 was $160.3 million and $338.1 million, respectively, as weak demand, driven by prolonged softness in demand in the category and for our products in certain channels and regions and increased competition, among other things, resulted in declines in our net revenues that we were unable to offset with commensurate cost reductions. Our operating environment continues to be affected by uncertainty related to macroeconomic issues, including ongoing, further weakened demand in the plant-based meat category, inflation, higher interest rates, current and proposed future tariffs, and potential recessionary concerns, among other things, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results. In recent periods, our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows have been adversely impacted by the following, each of which may continue to impact our business and financial condition in the future:

•unfavorable changes in our product sales mix, including the launch of new products, which may carry lower margin profiles relative to existing products, increased sales generally carrying a lower selling price per pound as a percentage of our total sales to strategic QSR customers, and lower demand for our core products;

•continued weak demand and its resultant impact on our sales due to slower category growth, particularly for refrigerated plant-based meat;

62

•unfavorable changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of plant-based meats and increased competitive activity;

•deceleration of the adoption of plant-based meat across Europe and our ability to successfully launch extended shelf-life products, which could negatively impact our ability to expand distribution of our products;

•the impact of high inflation and the plant-based meat sector’s premium pricing relative to animal protein, which have caused and could continue to cause consumers to avoid plant-based meat or trade down into cheaper forms of protein, including animal meat, beans and other non-animal meat protein sources;

•negative impacts on capacity utilization as a result of lower than anticipated demand and, therefore, production volumes, which have in the past and could in the future give rise to increased costs per unit, underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines, and/or the write-down or write-off of certain equipment and other fixed assets and impairment charges, driving less leverage on fixed costs and delaying the speed at which cost savings initiatives positively impact our financial results;

•changes in forecasted demand, including for our core products—namely Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, Beyond Chicken, Beyond Steak and Beyond Sausage—and others;

•managing inventory levels, including sales to liquidation channels at lower prices, write-down or write-off of obsolete inventory, or increase in inventory provision;

•changes in our pricing strategy, including actions intended to improve our price competitiveness relative to competing products or to improve profitability, such as price increases of certain of our products in our U.S. retail and foodservice channels that we implemented in 2024;

•increased unit cost of goods sold due to input cost inflation, including higher transportation, storage, raw materials, energy, labor and supply chain costs;

•potential disruption to our supply chain generally caused by distribution and other logistical issues, including the impact of cyber incidents at suppliers and vendors; and

•labor needs at the Company as well as in the supply chain and at customers.

Cost-Reduction Initiatives and Global Operations Review

In response to the difficult environment and the negative impact of certain factors on our business and the overall plant-based meat category, beginning in 2022 we pivoted our focus toward sustainable long-term growth supported by three pillars: (1) driving margin recovery and operating expense reduction through the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms; (2) inventory reduction and cash flow generation through more efficient inventory management; and (3) focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting key strategic long-term partners and opportunities.

To reduce operating expenses, in November 2023, we initiated our Global Operations Review, which involves narrowing our commercial focus to certain anticipated growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts have to date included, and may in the future include, the exit or discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; non-cash charges such as provision for excess and obsolete inventory and potential additional impairment charges, write-offs and disposals of fixed assets, and losses on sale and write-down of fixed assets; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; planned and future reductions in our workforce; and the planned suspension of our operational activities in China.

63

As part of this review, on November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce).

The following table summarizes the non-cash charges recorded in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 as part of our Global Operations Review:

(in thousands)2023
Non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold:
Incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory(1)$38,045
Accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets(2)23,860
Write-off of prepaid raw materials cost5,000
Total non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold$66,905
Non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses :
Accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets recorded in research and development expenses$962
Loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets recorded in SG&A expenses to fair value16,639
Total non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses$17,601
Total$84,506

_________

(1) Includes $16.5 million associated with Beyond Meat Jerky. As part of our Global Operations Review, in 2023, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line and discontinued it in 2024.

(2) Includes $3.6 million associated with Beyond Meat Jerky fixed assets.

On February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce in North America and the EU by approximately 44 employees, representing approximately 17% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 6% of our total global workforce) (the “2025 RIF”). The decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses.

In addition, as part of our Global Operations Review, on February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to suspend our current operational activities in China, which are estimated to cease by the end of the second quarter of 2025. As part of this plan, we are reducing our workforce in China by approximately 20 employees, representing approximately 95% of our China workforce (or approximately 3% of our total global workforce) (the “China RIF”). The decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses.

See Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

We may not be able to fully realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated from our cost-reduction initiatives and Global Operations Review, and the realized costs may be greater than expected. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to improve our cost structure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, including achieving and/or sustaining our profitability and financial performance objectives.

64

Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Net Revenues

We generate net revenues primarily from sales of our products to our customers across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, mainly in the United States, the EU and Canada. Following the initiation of our Global Operations Review, in recent periods, as part of our effort to reduce excess or obsolete inventory and generate incremental cash, we have also generated net revenues from ingredient sales.

We present our net revenues by geography and distribution channel as follows:

Distribution ChannelDescription
U.S. RetailNet revenues from retail sales to the U.S. market and, sales to TPP (as defined below)(1)(2)
U.S. FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to the U.S. market
International RetailNet revenues from retail sales to international markets, including Canada
International FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to international markets, including Canada

_____________

(1)Net revenues associated with Beyond Meat Jerky sold to the Planet Partnership, LLC (“TPP”) in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were $0, $5.3 million and $33.5 million, respectively. As part of our Global Operations Review, in 2023, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line and discontinued it in 2024.

(2)Includes net revenues from ingredient sales. Net revenues from ingredient sales in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, were $2.4 million, $0.8 million and $0, respectively.

The following factors and trends in our business have driven net revenue generation in prior periods and are expected to be key drivers of net revenue generation over time, subject to the challenges discussed herein:

•increased penetration across our retail channel, including mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and our foodservice channel, including increased desire by colleges and schools, foodservice establishments, including large Full Service Restaurant and/or global QSR customers, to add plant-based products to their menus and to highlight and retain these offerings;

•the strength and breadth of our partnerships with global QSR restaurants and retail and foodservice customers;

•the success of our pivot to focus on sustainable long-term growth, including focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting key strategic long-term partners and opportunities, and intensifying focus on channels and geographies that are exhibiting revenue growth;

•distribution expansion, increased sales velocity, household penetration, repeat purchases, buying rates (amount spent per buyer) and purchase frequency across our channels, including the success of promotional programs at attracting new users to the plant-based meat category;

•increased international sales of our products across geographies, markets and channels as we seek to expand the breadth and depth of our international distribution and grow our numbers of international customers;

•our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time;

•our continued innovation and product commercialization, including the introduction of new products and improvement of existing products, such as our Beyond IV generation of products, that appeal to a broad range of consumers, specifically those who typically eat animal-based meat;

65

•enhanced marketing efforts and the success thereof, as we continue to build our brand, use our portfolio and marketing to directly counter misinformation about our products and the plant-based meat category, amplify our value proposition around taste, health and planet, serve as a best-in-class partner to both retail and foodservice customers to support product development and category management, and drive consumer adoption of our products;

•investment in in-store execution and field resources focused on shelf availability and presentation, particularly in the U.S. refrigerated meat case, to drive increased sales;

•overall market trends, including consumer awareness and demand for nutritious, convenient and high protein plant-based foods; and

•localized production and third-party partnerships to improve our cost of production and increase the availability, accessibility and speed with which we can get our products to customers internationally.

As we seek to grow our net revenues, we continue to face several challenges, including prolonged, weakened demand within the plant-based meat category overall, broad macroeconomic headwinds, including elevated levels of inflation, high interest rates, waning consumer confidence and potential recessionary concerns in certain geographic regions, adverse changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of our products, increased competitive activity in the plant-based meat category, and global events such as the war in Ukraine and the conflict in Israel, Gaza and surrounding areas and their potential impact on availability of raw materials and/or distribution of our products.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. The expense associated with these discounts and promotions is estimated and recorded as a reduction in total gross revenues in order to arrive at reported net revenues. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset to Accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid which totaled $6.8 million and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. We continue to face increasing competition across all channels, and we expect that trend to continue, especially if consumers continue to trade down among proteins in the context of significant inflationary pressure. In response, we expect to continue to invest in promotional discounting to address the current consumer trend with more targeted key selling period activations that we expect will allow us to scale back overall trade spending and continue to build brand awareness and increase consumer trials of our products.

In addition, because we do not have any purchase commitments from our distributors or customers, the amount of net revenues we recognize has varied and will vary in the future, from period to period depending on the volume, timing and channels through which our products are sold, and the impact of customer orders ahead of holidays, causing variability in our results. Similarly, the timing of retail shelf resets are not within our control, and to the extent that retail customers change the timing of such events, variability of our results may also increase. Lower customer orders ahead of holidays, shifts in customer shelf reset activity and changes in order patterns of one or more of our large retail customers could cause a significant fluctuation in our quarterly results and could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

Our financial performance also depends on our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time. Disruptions in our supply chain could affect customer demand, resulting in orders that may not materialize due to delayed deliveries and subsequent lost sales that we may not be able to recover in full, or at all.

Further, we may not be able to recapture missed opportunities in later periods, for example if the opportunity is related to a significant grilling holiday like Memorial Day weekend, the Fourth of July, or Labor Day weekend. Missed opportunities may also result in missing subsequent additional opportunities. Internal and external operational issues therefore may impact the amount and variability of our results.

66

Seasonality

Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the U.S. summer grilling season. In 2024, 2023 and 2022, U.S. retail channel net revenues during the second quarter were 21%, 10% and 16% higher than the first quarter, respectively. While we expected to continue to see additional seasonality effects in 2024, as compared to 2023, we saw more muted effects from seasonality in the third quarter of 2024 as compared to the prior-year periods and the second quarter of 2024, reflecting, in part, pricing actions in our U.S. retail and foodservice channels. In general, any historical effects of seasonality have been more pronounced within our U.S. retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel generally tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year, driven by increased levels of grilling activity, higher levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. In an environment of heightened uncertainty from potential recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors impacting our business, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit consists of our net revenues less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of our net revenues. Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of raw materials including ingredients and packaging, co-manufacturing fees, direct and indirect labor and certain supply costs, inbound and internal shipping and handling costs incurred in manufacturing our products, warehouse storage fees, plant and equipment overhead, depreciation and amortization expense, provision for excess and obsolete inventory and impairment charges, and accelerated depreciation on write-offs and disposals of fixed assets. Under certain circumstances, our cost of goods sold may also include underutilization and/or termination fees associated with our co-manufacturing agreements.

Subject to potential recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors impacting our business, we continue to expect that long-term gross profit and gross margin improvements will be delivered primarily through:

•implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms;

•reviewing and adjusting our pricing architecture within certain channels;

•exiting select product lines in order to eliminate margin-dilutive products or to streamline our supply chain operations;

•improved volume leverage and throughput;

•reduced manufacturing conversion costs driven in part by network consolidation and optimization of our production network;

•greater internalization and geographic localization of our manufacturing footprint;

•finished goods, materials and packaging input cost reductions and scale of purchasing;

•end-to-end production processes across a greater proportion of our manufacturing network;

•scale-driven efficiencies in procurement and fixed cost absorption;

•product and process innovations and reformulations; and

•improved supply chain logistics and distribution costs.

Gross margin improvement may, however, continue to be negatively impacted by reduced capacity utilization if demand for our products continues to decline, investments in our production infrastructure in

67

advance of anticipated demand, which may not materialize within the expected timeframe, investment in production personnel, partnerships and product pipeline, aggressive pricing strategies and increased discounting, increases in inventory provision, write-down or write-off of obsolete inventory and potentially increased sales to liquidation channels at lower prices, changes in our product and customer sales mix, expansion into new geographies and markets where cost and pricing structures may differ from our existing markets, and underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines. Gross margin improvement is also expected to continue to be negatively impacted by the impact of inflation and increasing labor costs, materials costs and transportation costs.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation, scale-up expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses on research and development assets, and facility lease costs. Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancements to our existing product formulations and production processes in addition to the development of new products. We expect to continue to invest in research and development over time, as research and development and innovation are core elements of our business strategy, and we believe they represent a critical competitive advantage for us. We believe that we need to continue to innovate in order to capture a larger share of consumers who typically eat animal-based meats. We decreased our research and development expenses in 2024 and expect research and development expenses in 2025 to decrease compared to the levels in 2024 as we continue to focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses consist primarily of selling, marketing and administrative expenses, including personnel and related expenses, share-based compensation, outbound shipping and handling costs, non-manufacturing lease expense, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing and non-research and development assets, charges related to asset write-offs including loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets, consulting fees and other non-production operating expenses. Marketing and selling expenses include advertising costs, share-based compensation awards to non-employee consultants and brand ambassadors, costs associated with consumer promotions, product donations, product samples and sales aids incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness. Administrative expenses include expenses related to management, accounting, legal, IT and other office functions. We decreased SG&A expenses in 2024 and expect SG&A expenses in 2025 to decrease further from the levels in 2024, as we continue to focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly, including as part of the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms.

Reductions-In-Force and Suspension of Operational Activities in China

On November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2023, we incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the reduction-in-force, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. These charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023, and the reduction-in-force approved by our board of directors in November 2023 was substantially complete by the end of 2023.

On February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved the 2025 RIF. We currently estimate that we will incur one-time cash charges of approximately $1.0 million to $1.5 million in connection with the 2025 RIF, primarily consisting of severance payments, employee benefits and related costs, in all cases, provided to departing employees. We expect that the majority of these charges will be incurred in the first quarter of 2025, subject to applicable legal requirements, which may delay the time these charges will be incurred beyond the

68

end of the first quarter of 2025. The calculation of the charges we estimate we will incur are subject to uncertainties and based on a number of assumptions, including applicable legal requirements; the actual charges incurred may differ from the estimate disclosed above. In aggregate, the 2025 RIF, combined with the elimination of certain open positions and changes to the executive leadership team, is expected to result in approximately $5.5 million to $6.5 million in cash compensation operating expense savings in 2025, and an additional approximately $1.0 million to $1.5 million in non-cash savings in 2025 related to previously granted, unvested stock-based compensation that would have vested in 2025.

In addition, in furtherance of this goal and as part of our Global Operations Review, on February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to suspend our current operational activities in China, including the China RIF.

In connection with the suspension of our current operational activities in China, including the China RIF, we currently estimate that we will incur one-time cash charges of approximately $0.5 million to $1.0 million, primarily consisting of severance payments, employee benefits and related costs, in all cases, provided to departing employees, and contract termination costs. We expect that the majority of these charges will be incurred in the first quarter of 2025, subject to applicable legal requirements, which may delay the time these charges will be incurred beyond the first quarter of 2025. In aggregate, the China RIF is expected to result in approximately $0.5 million to $1.0 million in cash compensation operating expense savings in 2025.

In addition, we currently estimate that we will incur one-time non-cash charges of approximately $12.0 million to $17.0 million, primarily related to accelerated depreciation and impairment charges and other write-downs on certain fixed assets in China. We expect that the majority of these charges will be incurred in the first quarter of 2025. The calculation of the charges we estimate we will incur are subject to uncertainties and based on a number of assumptions, including applicable legal requirements and asset disposition plans; the actual charges incurred may differ from the estimates disclosed above.

See Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. Also see Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to improve our cost structure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, including achieving and/or sustaining our profitability and financial performance objectives.

Restructuring Expenses

In 2017, management approved a plan to terminate an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release in connection with this matter. See Note 3, Restructuring, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

69

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected items in our consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202420232022
Net revenues$326,452$343,376$418,933
Cost of goods sold284,753426,031442,676
Gross profit (loss)41,699(82,655)(23,743)
Research and development expenses28,14939,53062,264
Selling, general and administrative expenses169,674220,344239,505
Restructuring (income) expenses(631)17,259
Total operating expenses197,823259,243319,028
Loss from operations$(156,124)$(341,898)$(342,771)

The following table presents selected items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
Net revenues100.0%100.0%100.0%
Cost of goods sold87.2124.1105.7
Gross profit (loss)12.8(24.1)(5.7)
Research and development expenses8.611.514.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses52.064.257.2
Restructuring (income) expenses(0.2)4.1
Total operating expenses60.675.576.2
Loss from operations(47.8)%(99.6)%(81.9)%

Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023

Net Revenues

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20242023Amount%
U.S.:
Retail$150,812$155,240$(4,428)(2.9)%
Foodservice47,58450,647(3,063)(6.0)%
U.S. net revenues198,396205,887(7,491)(3.6)%
International:
Retail$59,783$61,723$(1,940)(3.1)%
Foodservice68,27375,766(7,493)(9.9)%
International net revenues128,056137,489(9,433)(6.9)%
Net revenues$326,452$343,376$(16,924)(4.9)%

70

Net revenues in 2024 decreased $16.9 million, or 4.9%, as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a 10.3% decrease in volume of products sold, partially offset by a 5.9% increase in net revenue per pound. The decrease in volume of products sold primarily reflected weak category demand and price elasticity effects resulting from recent pricing changes. The increase in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by lower trade discounts and price increases of certain or our products, partially offset by unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in product sales mix. Net revenues from sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP were $0 in 2024, as compared to $5.3 million in 2023, including the recognition of a $2.0 million non-refundable up-front fee in 2023. Net revenues from retail channel sales decreased 2.9% primarily due to unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates, partially offset by lower trade discounts, changes in product sales mix and price increases of certain of our products. Net revenues from foodservice channel sales decreased 8.4%, primarily due to lower international foodservice channel sales primarily reflecting weak category demand.

Net revenues from U.S. retail channel sales in 2024 decreased $4.4 million, or 2.9%, as compared to the prior year, primarily driven by a 12.4% decrease in volume of product sold, partially offset by a 10.8% increase in net revenue per pound. The decrease in volume of products sold primarily reflected weak category demand, price elasticity effects resulting from recent pricing changes and the absence of sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP in 2024. The increase in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by lower trade discounts, price increases of certain of our products and changes in product sales mix. U.S. retail channel net revenues in 2024 included $2.4 million in ingredient sales, as compared to $0.8 million in ingredient sales in 2023. By product, the decrease in U.S. retail channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Beef, Beyond Meat Jerky, chicken products including Beyond Chicken Tenders, Beyond Nuggets and Beyond Popcorn Chicken, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Burger and Beyond Meatballs, partially offset by increased sales of Beyond Steak and Beyond Beef Crumbles. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 27,000 U.S. retail outlets as of December 2024.

Net revenues from U.S. foodservice channel sales in 2024 decreased $3.1 million, or 6.0%, as compared to the prior year primarily driven by an 11.6% decrease in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting reduced sales of burger products to a large QSR customer, weak category demand and price elasticity effects resulting from recent pricing changes, partially offset by a 6.2% increase in net revenue per pound, primarily driven by price increases of certain of our products and changes in product sales mix. By product, the decrease in U.S. foodservice channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef and Beyond Beef Crumbles, partially offset by increased sales of chicken products, including Beyond Chicken Tenders and Beyond Chicken Nuggets. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 38,000 U.S. foodservice outlets as of December 2024.

Net revenues from international retail channel sales in 2024 decreased $1.9 million, or 3.1%, as compared to the prior year primarily driven by a 5.5% decrease in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting reduced sales of chicken and ground beef products in the EU, partially offset by increased burger sales. Net revenue per pound increased 2.5% primarily due to changes in product sales mix and lower trade discounts, partially offset by unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates and price decreases of certain of our products. By product, the decrease in international retail channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of certain chicken products including Beyond Chicken Tenders, Beyond Beef and Beyond Sausage, partially offset by increased sales of Beyond Burger and Beyond Steak. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 38,000 international retail outlets as of December 2024.

Net revenues from international foodservice channel sales in 2024 decreased $7.5 million, or 9.9%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 9.7% decrease in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting reduced sales of burger products to large QSR customers in certain markets and, to a lesser extent, weak category demand. Net revenue per pound was flat as compared to the prior year as lower trade discounts and price increases in certain of our products were fully offset by changes in product sales mix and unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. By product, the decrease in international foodservice channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Burger, chicken products and Beyond Beef

71

Crumbles. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 26,000 international foodservice outlets as of December 2024.

The following table presents consolidated volume of our products sold in pounds for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20242023Amount%
U.S.:
Retail28,89232,971(4,079)(12.4)%
Foodservice7,8928,923(1,031)(11.6)%
International:
Retail13,14113,909(768)(5.5)%
Foodservice20,10922,272(2,163)(9.7)%
Volume of products sold70,03478,075(8,041)(10.3)%

Cost of Goods Sold

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20242023Amount%
Cost of goods sold$284,753426,031$(141,278)(33.2)%

Cost of goods sold decreased $141.3 million, or 33.2%, to $284.8 million in 2024 as compared to the prior year. As a percentage of net revenues, cost of goods sold decreased to 87.2% of net revenues in 2024 from 124.1% of net revenues in the prior year. The decrease in cost of goods sold was primarily due to the absence of costs we incurred as part of our Global Operations Review that were included in cost of goods sold in 2023 and, to a lesser extent, lower volume of products sold and decreased cost per pound. On a per pound basis, cost of goods sold decreased primarily from lower inventory provision, lower depreciation expense, lower logistics costs and lower manufacturing costs, partially offset by higher materials costs.

Cost of goods sold in 2023 included $66.9 million in costs resulting from our Global Operations Review including incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory, accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets, and write-off of prepaid raw materials cost. In addition, cost of goods sold in 2023 included contract termination costs associated with certain co-manufacturing agreements in the amount of $4.4 million and additional specific provision, primarily for inventory associated with a large QSR customer in the amount of $6.1 million.

Gross Profit (Loss) and Gross Margin

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20242023Amount%
Gross profit (loss)41,699(82,655)$124,354150.4%
Gross margin12.8%(24.1)%N/AN/A

Gross profit in 2024 was $41.7 million as compared to a loss of $(82.7) million in the prior year, an increase of $124.4 million or 150.4%. Gross margin in 2024 increased to 12.8% from a negative gross margin of (24.1)% in the prior year, an improvement of 3,690 basis points from the prior year. Gross profit and gross margin in 2024 were positively impacted by a 25.5% decrease in cost of goods sold per pound and a 5.9% increase in net revenue per pound. Improvements in gross profit and gross margin in the U.S. retail and U.S. foodservice channels were, in part, due to the pricing strategy implemented at the beginning of 2024.

72

As disclosed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Shipping and Handling Costs, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, we include outbound shipping and handling costs within SG&A expenses. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to other entities that present all shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20242023Amount%
Research and development expenses$28,149$39,530$(11,381)(28.8)%

Research and development expenses in 2024 decreased $11.4 million, or 28.8%, as compared to the prior year. Research and development expenses decreased to 8.6% of net revenues in 2024 from 11.5% of net revenues in the prior year. The decrease in research and development expenses was primarily due to $5.4 million in lower salaries and related expenses resulting from the reduction in headcount, lower expenses from in-sourcing trial production work, lower utilities expense and lower depreciation expense, partially offset by higher scale-up expenses.

SG&A Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20242023Amount%
Selling, general and administrative expenses$169,674$220,344$(50,670)(23.0)%

SG&A expenses in 2024 decreased $50.7 million, or 23.0%, to $169.7 million or 52.0% of net revenues in 2024, from $220.3 million or 64.2% of net revenues in the prior year. The decrease in SG&A expenses was primarily due to $19.7 million lower loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets to fair value, $11.2 million in lower marketing expenses including advertising expenses, $8.5 million in lower salaries and related expenses, $5.3 million in lower share-based compensation expense, $4.6 million in lower consulting expenses, $3.5 million in lower bad debt expense, $3.4 million in lower outbound freight expenses, $3.3 million in lower general insurance expenses that included $2.0 million in business interruption insurance recovery associated with a cybersecurity incident at a supplier in 2023 and $2.3 million in lower samples expense, partially offset by $9.8 million in higher legal expenses including $7.5 million in litigation settlement expenses, $1.9 million in higher product donations, $1.8 million in higher lease expense and $1.2 million in higher supply chain expenses. In 2023, SG&A expenses included $16.6 million in non-cash charges from the loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets to fair value resulting from the Global Operations Review, which primarily included the write-down of assets held for sale to their estimated net realizable value less cost to sell.

Restructuring Expenses

In 2017 we terminated an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers due to non-performance under the agreement. As a result, in 2024, 2023 and 2022, we recorded $0, a credit of $(0.6) million, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals and restructuring expenses and $17.3 million, primarily related to legal and other expenses associated with the dispute, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no accrued unpaid restructuring expenses. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release pursuant to which the parties agreed to dismiss with prejudice all claims and cross-claims asserted in the associated cases filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles and the United States District Court for the Central District of California. See Note 3, Restructuring, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

73

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations in 2024 was $156.1 million compared to $341.9 million in the prior year. The decrease in loss from operations was driven by the increased gross profit and reduced operating expenses. Loss from operations in 2024 was negatively impacted by $7.5 million in SG&A expenses related to a class action settlement agreement in connection with the settlement of certain consumer class action lawsuits that originated in 2022.

Total Other (Expense) Income, Net

Total other (expense) income, net, in 2024 of $(4.1) million consisted primarily of $4.1 million in interest expense from the amortization of convertible debt issuance costs and $6.3 million in net realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction losses due to unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, partially offset by $6.0 million in interest income and $0.5 million in subsidies received from the Jiaxing Economic Development Zone Finance Bureau related to our investment in our subsidiary, Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd.

Total other income (expense), net, in 2023 of $7.7 million consisted primarily of $10.8 million in interest income and $1.1 million in net realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains due to favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, partially offset by $4.0 million in interest expense from the amortization of convertible debt issuance costs.

Income Tax Expense

In 2024 and 2023, we recorded income tax (benefit) expense of $(26,000) and $5,000, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of income taxes for state jurisdictions which have minimum tax requirements. No tax benefit was provided for losses incurred because those losses were offset by a full valuation allowance.

Net Loss

Net loss in 2024 was $160.3 million as compared to $338.1 million in the prior year. Net loss per share available to common stockholders in 2024 was $(2.43) as compared to $(5.26) in the prior year. The decrease in net loss was primarily due to higher gross profit and lower operating expenses, partially offset by higher Total other (expense) income, net and a $3.8 million reduction in losses related to TPP. Net loss in 2024 was negatively impacted by $7.5 million in SG&A expenses related to a class action settlement agreement in connection with the settlement of certain consumer class action lawsuits that originated in 2022.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the non-GAAP financial measures set forth below in assessing our operating performance and in our financial communications. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful additional information to investors about current trends in our operations and are useful for period-over-period comparisons of operations. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess operating performance and for business planning purposes. Management also believes these measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net loss adjusted to exclude, when applicable, income tax (benefit) expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, restructuring expenses, share-based compensation expense, accrued litigation settlement costs and Other, net, including interest income and foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

“Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues.

74

There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues rather than their most directly comparable GAAP measures. Some of these limitations are:

•Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future increasing our cash requirements;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash required to service our debt, which reduces cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect restructuring expenses that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense and therefore does not include all of our compensation costs;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect accrued litigation settlement costs which reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect Other, net, including interest income and foreign currency transaction gains and losses, that may increase or decrease cash available to us; and

•other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, as reported (unaudited):

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202420232022
Net loss, as reported$(160,278)$(338,144)$(366,137)
Income tax (benefit) expense(26)532
Interest expense4,0973,9553,966
Depreciation and amortization expense23,12148,09432,582
Restructuring expenses(1)(631)17,259
Share-based compensation expense23,92329,09833,857
Accrued litigation settlement costs7,500
Other, net(2)(3)10(11,616)420
Adjusted EBITDA$(101,653)$(269,239)$(278,021)
Net loss as a % of net revenues(49.1)%(98.5)%(87.4)%
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues(31.1)%(78.4)%(66.4)%

_____________

(1) Primarily comprised of legal and other expenses associated with the dispute with a co-manufacturer with whom an exclusive supply agreement was terminated in May 2017. On October 18, 2022, the parties to this dispute entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release related to this matter. In the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a credit of $(0.6) million, in restructuring expenses, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals.

(2) Includes $6.3 million, $(1.1) million and $4.9 million in net realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction losses (gains) in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(3) Includes $6.0 million, $10.8 million and $4.5 million in interest income in 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Includes $0.5 million in subsidies received from the Jiaxing Economic Development Zone Finance Bureau related to our investment in our subsidiary, Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd, in the year ended December 31, 2024.

75

Liquidity and Capital Resources

ATM Program

In May 2023, we filed an automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (the “2023 Shelf Registration Statement”) with the SEC registering an indeterminate amount of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts and units (collectively, “Company securities”). On March 18, 2024, we filed an updated shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (the “2024 Shelf Registration Statement”), which the SEC declared effective on April 12, 2024 and which replaced the 2023 Shelf Registration Statement. The 2024 Shelf Registration Statement allows us to sell, from time to time and at our discretion, Company securities having an aggregate offering price of up to $250.0 million including shares of common stock that may be sold pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement with B. Riley, as sales agent, under the ATM Program.

Pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement, we may offer and sell common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $200.0 million from time to time to or through B. Riley, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement. The Equity Distribution Agreement stipulates that we will pay B. Riley a commission equal to up to 3.0% of the gross offering proceeds of any shares of common stock sold through B. Riley pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement. We intend to use the net proceeds from sales of common stock issued under the ATM Program for general corporate and working capital purposes. The timing of any sales and the number of shares sold, if any, will depend on a variety of factors to be determined and considered by us, and we are not obligated to sell any shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement.

As of December 31, 2024, 9,750,312 shares of common stock had been sold under the ATM Program for an aggregate offering price of $48.3 million. Total issuance costs related to the ATM Program as of December 31, 2024 were approximately $3.3 million, resulting in aggregate net proceeds of approximately $45.0 million. Of the total issuance costs related to the ATM Program, $0.3 million remained unpaid as of December 31, 2024. In the year ended December 31, 2024, approximately $1.6 million was capitalized to reflect the costs associated with the issuance of new shares of common stock and offset against proceeds from the ATM Program. As of December 31, 2024, approximately $201.7 million in capacity remained available under the 2024 Shelf Registration Statement.

Convertible Senior Notes

In 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of Notes in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). For a discussion about the Notes, see Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Liquidity

Liquidity Outlook

Our cash from operations could be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, and Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this report. In addition, inflation, tariffs, high interest rates in certain geographic regions, overall economic conditions and concerns about hostilities in Eastern Europe and the Middle East, among other factors, have led to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets generally, which could adversely affect our ability to access capital resources in the future and potentially harm our liquidity outlook.

We have recurring net losses and negative operating cash flows and while we are implementing a business plan focused on achieving sustainable, profitable operations over time, including the strategic initiatives described above, we expect that we will continue to operate at a loss for the foreseeable future. As part of our current business plan, we intend to continue to reduce operating expenses and utilize inventory management to reduce working capital, while investing in capital projects at our production facilities to reduce production costs.

76

To reduce operating expenses, in November 2023, we initiated our Global Operations Review, which involves narrowing our commercial focus to certain anticipated growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts have to date included, and may in the future include, the exit or discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; non-cash charges such as provision for excess and obsolete inventory and potential additional impairment charges, write-offs and disposals of fixed assets, and losses on sale and write-down of fixed assets; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; planned and future reductions in our workforce; and the planned suspension of our operational activities in China. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2024, on February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to suspend our operational activities in China. See Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Based on our current business plan, we believe that our existing cash balances, including our anticipated cash flows from operating activities, will be sufficient to fund our operations and meet our foreseeable cash requirements through the next twelve months. However, our ability to meet these requirements will depend on, among other things, our ability to achieve anticipated levels of revenue and cash flows from operating activities and our ability to manage costs and working capital successfully. Additionally, we may use our cash resources faster than we predict due to unexpected expenditures or higher-than-expected expenses due to unfavorable macroeconomic events, including inflationary pressures or otherwise, competition or other factors that are beyond our control.

We expect to raise significant additional capital through the issuance of equity and/or debt securities, and/or incur other indebtedness to continue to fund our operations and repay our indebtedness in the future. To continue bolstering and restructuring our balance sheet, subject to our compliance with applicable laws, the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement and market conditions, we expect to raise additional capital through the issuance of equity and/or debt securities in 2025, through the ATM Program or otherwise, which will result in additional dilution to our existing stockholders and may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. Any issuance of equity or debt securities may be for cash or in exchange for our outstanding Notes, which could have a highly dilutive effect on current stockholders and could negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition to resulting in additional dilution to our existing stockholders or negatively affecting the trading price of our common stock, any such potential financings may result in the imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. Furthermore, any such securities issued pursuant to potential financings may include rights that are senior to our shares of common stock. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully raise additional funds for the amounts needed or when needed, or on terms commercially acceptable, if at all. Our inability to raise required capital in the future would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our cash requirements under our significant contractual obligations and commitments are listed below in the section titled “Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors including, among others, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products; our rate of revenue generation; the results of our Global Operations Review and the successful implementation of our ongoing cost-reduction initiatives; timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structure in response to material fluctuations in product demand; the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets; our investment in and build out of our Campus Headquarters, including the timing and success of subleasing, assigning or otherwise transferring excess space or negotiating a partial lease termination at our Campus Headquarters on terms advantageous to us or at all; the success of, and expenses associated with, our marketing initiatives; our investment in manufacturing and facilities to optimize our manufacturing and production capacity, including underutilization fees, termination fees and exit costs; our investments in real property; the costs required to fund domestic and international operations and growth; the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes; any lawsuits related to our products

77

or commenced against us, including the class actions brought against us or the derivative actions brought against certain of our current and former directors and officers; the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel; variations in product selling prices and costs, the timing and success of changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels, and the mix of products sold; the level of trade and promotional spending to support our products appropriately; the expenses associated with our sales force; our management of accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and other working capital accounts; the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our cash balances; the costs associated with being a public company; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.

Our operating environment continues to be affected by uncertainty related to macroeconomic issues, including ongoing, further weakened demand in the plant-based meat category, inflation, higher interest rates, current and proposed future tariffs, and potential recessionary concerns, among other things, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results, including our liquidity outlook. Our ability to make progress toward reducing operating expenses and achieving and/or sustaining our profitability and financial performance objectives is dependent on a number of assumptions and uncertainties, including, without limitation, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, which has continued to decline; our ability to both raise capital and reduce costs and achieve and/or sustain positive gross margin; our ability to generate revenues and gross profit and meet operating expense reduction targets, which may be subject to factors beyond our control; timing of capital expenditures; and our ability to monetize inventory and manage working capital. The other risks described in this report may also hinder our ability to implement our strategic initiatives. As a result, we cannot guarantee that we will achieve and/or sustain our profitability and financial performance objectives in the future, whether on our expected timelines, or at all.

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary cash needs are for operating expenses, working capital and capital expenditures to support our business. We finance our operations primarily through sales of our products and existing cash. Beginning in the first quarter of 2023, we also began generating cash through ingredient sales. From time to time, we also generate cash from sales of certain fixed assets. We raised a total of $199.5 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, including through sales of convertible notes which were converted into preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In connection with our initial public offering, we sold an aggregate of 11,068,750 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $25.00 per share and received approximately $252.4 million in net proceeds. In 2019, we completed a secondary public offering of our common stock in which we sold 250,000 shares and certain selling stockholders sold 3,487,500 shares. We sold 250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $160.00 per share and received approximately $37.4 million in net proceeds.

In 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion in aggregate principal amount of Notes. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

The 2024 Shelf Registration Statement allows us to sell, from time to time and at our discretion, Company securities having an aggregate offering price of up to $250.0 million including shares of common stock that may be sold pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement with B. Riley under the ATM Program. As of December 31, 2024, 9,750,312 shares of common stock had been sold under the ATM Program for an aggregate offering price of $48.3 million. As of December 31, 2024, approximately $201.7 million in capacity remained available under the 2024 Shelf Registration Statement. See ATM Program discussed above.

As of December 31, 2024, we had $131.9 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $13.6 million in restricted cash, which was comprised of $12.6 million to secure the letter of credit delivered to our landlord as security for the performance of our obligations under our Campus Lease and $1.0 million to secure a letter of credit associated with a third party contract manufacturer in Europe. In 2024, the letter of

78

credit associated with the third party contract manufacturer was renegotiated and reduced from $2.8 million at December 31, 2023 to $1.0 million at December 31, 2024.

We expect to raise significant additional capital through the issuance of equity and/or debt securities, and/or incur other indebtedness to continue to fund our operations and repay our indebtedness in the future. To continue bolstering and restructuring our balance sheet, subject to our compliance with applicable laws, the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement and market conditions, we expect to raise additional capital through the issuance of equity and/or debt securities in 2025, through the ATM Program or otherwise. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully raise additional funds for the amounts needed or when needed, or on terms commercially acceptable, if at all. See Liquidity Outlook above for additional information.

Cash Flows

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows used in and provided by operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202420232022
Cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(98,813)$(107,825)$(320,244)
Investing activities$(6,232)$(9,491)$(87,527)
Financing activities$45,777$(550)$276

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

In 2024, we incurred a net loss of $160.3 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $98.8 million. Net cash outflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities were $4.0 million, primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable from payments of outstanding balances and a reduction in expenditures; an increase in prepaid lease costs, non-current due to lease payments towards unoccupied phases of our Campus Headquarters facility for which leases have not commenced; and a decrease in operating lease liabilities due to a reduction in new leases entered into, partially offset by a decrease in raw materials and packaging and work in process inventories due to ongoing efforts to optimize working capital and reduce inventory levels, particularly in raw materials and work-in-process; an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities from non-receipt of vendor invoices; and a decrease in accounts receivable balances due to a decrease in billings to customers. Net loss in 2024, included $65.5 million in non-cash expenses comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, unrealized loss on foreign currency exchange transactions, loss on sale of fixed assets, provision for credit losses and equity in losses in TPP.

In 2023, we incurred a net loss of $338.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $107.8 million. Net cash inflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities were $114.7 million, primarily due to a decrease in inventory balances, decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in accounts receivable balances, partially offset by cash outflows due to an increase in prepaid lease costs in the amount of $4.2 million associated with the Campus Lease (see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report), a decrease in operating lease liabilities and a decrease in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Net loss in 2023, included $115.7 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization expense, share-based compensation expense, loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets, non-cash lease expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, equity in losses in TPP and write-down of a note receivable.

79

Depreciation and amortization expense was $23.1 million and $48.1 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively. Depreciation expense in 2023 included accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs and disposals of fixed assets primarily recorded in cost of goods sold as part of our Global Operations Review.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our investments in property, plant and equipment, offset by proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets.

In 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $6.2 million and consisted of $11.0 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by investments in production equipment and facilities, partially offset by $4.3 million in proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets and $0.4 million in proceeds from the return of security deposits.

In 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $9.5 million and consisted of $10.6 million in cash outflows to support maintenance and our investments in property, plant and equipment, and $3.3 million for investment in TPP that was previously committed, partially offset by $4.3 million in proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

In 2024, net cash provided by financing activities was $45.8 million which consisted of $46.7 million in net proceeds from the sale of common stock under the ATM Program (net of $1.6 million in issuance costs recognized) and $0.9 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $1.2 million for payments under finance lease obligations and $0.7 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards.

In 2023, net cash used in financing activities was $0.6 million which consisted of $0.5 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and $0.2 million for payments under finance lease obligations, partially offset by $0.2 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Convertible Senior Notes

In March 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of Notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Leases

In 2021, we entered into the Campus Lease with HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house our Campus Headquarters. Although we are involved in the design of the tenant improvements of the Campus Headquarters, we do not have title or possession of the assets during construction. In addition, we do not have the ability to control the leased Campus Headquarters until each phase of the tenant improvements is complete. We paid $6.5 million and $4.2 million in rent prepayments and payments towards construction costs of the Campus Headquarters in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The rent prepayments and payments towards construction costs are initially recorded in Prepaid lease costs, non-current in our consolidated balance sheets and will ultimately be reclassified as a component of a right-of-use asset upon lease commencement for each phase of the lease. We began recognizing a right-of-use asset and lease liability for Phase1-A in our consolidated balance sheet in the year ended December 31, 2022 and for Phase 1-B in our consolidated balance sheet in the second quarter ended July 1, 2023. On September 17, 2024, we entered into an amendment to the Campus Lease, which amendment: (i) revised the square footage of the premises, building and project to: (a) increase our base rent by approximately $851,000 over the initial lease term; (b) adjust our percentage share of direct expenses; and

80

(c) increase the tenant improvement allowance to reflect a reduction in the scope of landlord’s work; (ii) specify which improvements must be removed by us from the premises if the premises are not occupied in their entirety throughout the initial lease term and first extension term; and (iii) address other ministerial matters concerning the Campus Lease. Aggregate payments towards base rent over the initial lease term associated with the remaining phases not yet delivered to us are approximately $79.6 million. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has recognized a right-of-use asset and lease liability for Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B in its consolidated balance sheet.

Concurrent with our execution of the Campus Lease, we delivered to the Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5 million, as security for the performance of our obligations under the Campus Lease, which amount will decrease to: (i) $6.3 million on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in the Campus Lease); (ii) $3.1 million on the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date; and (iii) $0 in the event the Company receives certain credit ratings; provided the Company is not then in default of its obligations under the Campus Lease.

The letter of credit is secured by a $12.6 million deposit included in our consolidated balance sheet as Restricted cash, non-current as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. See Note 4, Leases, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

The lease on our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center expired on January 31, 2024.

Given our intention to reduce our overall operating expenses and cash expenditures, on February 2, 2024, we terminated the agreement to purchase a property adjacent to our manufacturing facility in Enschede, the Netherlands (the “Enschede Property”) and the security deposit was returned to us, and subsequently paid to the purchaser of the property to be applied towards the deposit and future lease payments. We entered into a lease agreement with the purchaser of the property to lease the approximately 114,000 square foot property for an initial period of five years with an option to renew for an additional five years at an annual rent of approximately €1.0 million. This lease is classified as a finance lease in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.

China Investment and Lease Agreement

In 2020, we and our subsidiary, BYND JX, entered into an investment agreement with the Administrative Committee (the “JX Committee”) of the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone (the “JXEDZ”) pursuant to which, among other things, BYND JX has agreed to make certain investments in the JXEDZ in two phases of development, and we have agreed to guarantee certain repayment obligations of BYND JX under such agreement. In the year ended December 31, 2024, we received $0.5 million in subsidies from the JXEDZ Finance Bureau. No such subsidies were received in the years ended 2023 and 2022.

During Phase 1, we agreed to invest $10.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX in the JXEDZ through an intercompany investment in BYND JX and BYND JX agreed to lease a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years. In connection with such agreement, BYND JX entered into a factory leasing contract with a JXEDZ company, pursuant to which BYND JX agreed to lease and renovate a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years. In 2022, we amended the lease to extend the term for an additional five years without rent escalation. In the fourth quarter of 2021, BYND JX leased an approximately 12,000 square foot facility in Shanghai, China, for a period of eight years, which is used as a local research and development facility.

As of December 31, 2024, we had invested $22.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX and advanced $20.0 million to BYND JX. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

As part of our Global Operations Review, on February 24, 2025, our board of directors approved a plan to suspend our current operational activities in China, which are estimated to cease by the end of the second

81

quarter of 2025. See Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

The Planet Partnership

In 2021, we entered into TPP, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack products made from plant-based protein. In 2024, 2023 and 2022, we recognized our share of the net losses in TPP in the amount of $73,000 and $3.9 million and $18.9 million, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we contributed our share of the investment in TPP of $0 and $3.3 million, respectively, resulting in a total contribution of $27.6 million as of December 31, 2024. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, and Note 13, Related Party Transactions, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

In 2023, we continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky and assumed sales and distribution responsibilities associated with Beyond Meat Jerky in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, in 2023, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line and discontinued it in 2024.

Purchase Commitments

In 2022, we entered into a co-manufacturing agreement (“Agreement”) with a co-manufacturer to manufacture various products. The Agreement included a minimum order quantity commitment per month and an aggregate quantity over a five-year term. On November 21, 2023, we terminated the Agreement because the co-manufacturer failed to meet its obligations under the Agreement and recorded $4.4 million in termination-related charges. In March 2024, the co-manufacturer brought an action against us in a confidential arbitration proceeding. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies—Litigation—Arbitration with Former Co-Manufacturer, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On July 1, 2023, we and Roquette Frères entered into a second amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to our existing pea protein supply agreement dated January 10, 2020, as amended by the first amendment dated August 3, 2022 (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the terms of the agreement and existing purchase commitments set forth in the First Amendment were revised and extended through December 31, 2025. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the purchase commitment was revised such that we have committed to purchase pea protein inventory totaling $17.0 million in 2025. In 2023, as part of our Global Operations Review, we wrote off $5.0 million in prepayments for an option to purchase pea protein inventory in the future that we estimated that we may not be able to use.

As of December 31, 2024, we had also committed to purchase flavor ingredients inventory totaling $2.9 million in 2025. In addition, as of December 31, 2024, we had approximately $7.0 million in outstanding purchase order commitments for capital expenditures primarily to purchase property, plant and equipment including machinery and equipment, payments for which will be due within twelve months of December 31, 2024.

Settlement of Consumer Class Actions Regarding Protein Claims

On May 6, 2024, we entered into a confidential binding settlement term sheet with respect to certain consumer class action lawsuits that originated in 2022. On July 8, 2024, the parties entered into a class action settlement agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to contribute $7.5 million to a settlement fund in full satisfaction of all settlement costs and attorneys’ fees. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies—Litigation—Consumer Class Actions Regarding Protein Claims, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On January 23, 2025, the court issued a minute order approving the class action settlement and indicating a final approval order will be entered. We paid $250,000 to the settlement fund in August 2024. The timing of the remaining payment is uncertain as it will occur after the final approval order has issued. We recorded $7.5 million in SG&A expenses in our consolidated statement of operations in the year ended December 31, 2024,

82

paid $250,000 and included $7.25 million in Accrued litigation settlement costs in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any holdings in variable interest entities.

Segment Information

We have one operating segment and one reportable segment, in the plant-based meat industry, offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meat. Our CODM, who is our Chief Executive Officer and President, reviews operating results to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance for the entire company. We derive revenue primarily in North America and Europe and manage the business activities on a consolidated basis. Our CODM allocates resources and assesses performance at the consolidated level.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for information about these critical accounting policies as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are generated through sales of our products to distributors or customers. Revenue is recognized at the point in which the performance obligation under the terms of a contract with the customer have been satisfied and control has transferred. Our performance obligation is typically defined as the accepted purchase order, the direct-to-consumer order, or the contract, with the customer which requires us to deliver the requested products at agreed upon prices at the time and location of the customer’s choice. We generally do not offer warranties or a right to return on the products we sell except in the instance of a product recall or other limited circumstances.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for fulfilling the performance obligation. Sales and other taxes we collect concurrent with the sale of products are excluded from revenue. Our normal payment terms vary by the type and location of our customers and the products offered. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. None of our customer contracts as of December 31, 2024 contains a significant financing component.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to our customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. Provision for discounts and incentives are recorded in the same period in which the related revenues are recognized. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset to accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not

83

paid. The offsetting charge is recorded as a reduction of revenues in the same period when the expense is incurred.

We recognize the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. The incremental cost to obtain contracts was not material.

Inventories and Cost of Goods Sold

Inventories are recorded at lower of cost or net realizable value. We account for inventory using the weighted average cost method. In addition to product cost, inventory costs include expenditures such as direct labor and certain supply and overhead expenses including in-bound shipping and handling costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Inventories are comprised primarily of raw materials, direct labor and overhead costs. Weighted average cost method is used to absorb raw materials, direct labor, and overhead into inventory. We review inventory quantities on hand and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical and forecasted demand, estimated shelf life of various raw materials and packaging, work in process and finished goods inventory, as well as the age of the inventory, among other factors.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Estimate of Useful Lives

During the first quarter of 2023, we completed a reassessment of the useful lives of our large manufacturing and research and development equipment, and determined that we should increase the estimated useful lives for certain of our equipment from a range of 5 to 10 years a uniform 10 years. The timing of this reassessment was based on a combination of factors accumulating over time, including historical useful life information and changes in our planned use of the equipment, that provided us with updated information that allowed us to make a better estimate of the economic lives of such equipment. This reassessment was accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and was made on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2023. This change in accounting estimate decreased depreciation expense for 2023 by $21.0 million, impacting cost of goods sold and research and development expenses by $19.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and decreased both basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders in 2023 by $0.33.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and new accounting pronouncements that may impact us.

84

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001655210-24-000025.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-03-01. Report date: 2023-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this document generally discusses 2023 and 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022. Discussions of 2021 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2022 and 2021 that are not included in this document can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

Overview

Beyond Meat is a leading plant-based meat company, offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats. We build meat directly from plants, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products. Our brand promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare.

We sell a range of plant-based meat products across our three core platforms of beef, pork and poultry. As of December 2023, Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 133,000 retail and foodservice outlets in more than 65 countries worldwide, across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools. The number of retail and foodservice outlets where Beyond Meat branded products are available was derived from rolling 52-week data as of December 2023 and excludes approximately 44,000 U.S. retail outlets unique to Beyond Meat Jerky or 2,300 outlets on a rolling 12-week basis. In 2023, we continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky and assumed the distribution responsibilities for Beyond Meat Jerky in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line.

Net revenues decreased to $343.4 million in 2023 from $418.9 million in 2022, representing an 18.0% reduction. We have generated losses since inception. Net loss in 2023 and 2022 was $338.1 million and $366.1 million, respectively, as weak demand, driven by prolonged softness in demand in the category and for our products in certain channels and regions, increased competition and the lingering effects of COVID, among other things, resulted in declines in our net revenues that we were unable to offset with commensurate cost reductions. In 2023, our operating environment continued to be affected by uncertainty related to macroeconomic issues, including prolonged and further softening of demand in the plant-based meat category, high inflation, higher interest rates, and concerns about the likelihood of a recession, among other things, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results. Our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows have been and may continue to be adversely impacted in 2024 and beyond by the following:

•unfavorable changes in our product sales mix, including the launch of new products, which may carry lower margin profiles relative to existing products, increased sales to strategic QSR customers, generally carrying a lower selling price per pound as a percentage of our total sales, and changing demand for our core products;

•continued weak demand and its resultant impact on our sales due to slower category growth, particularly for refrigerated plant-based meat, unfavorable changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of plant-based meats and increased competitive activity;

•deceleration of the adoption of plant-based meat across Europe and our ability to successfully launch extended shelf-life products, which could negatively impact our ability to expand distribution of our products;

•the impact of high inflation and the plant-based meat sector’s premium pricing relative to animal protein, which have caused and could continue to cause consumers to trade down into cheaper forms of protein, including animal meat, beans and other non-animal meat protein sources;

•negative impacts on capacity utilization as a result of lower than anticipated revenues, which have in the past and could in the future give rise to increased costs per unit, underutilization fees and termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines, and/or the write-down or write-off of certain equipment, driving less leverage on fixed costs and delaying the speed at which cost savings initiatives positively impact our financial results;

•changes in forecasted demand, including for our core products—namely Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, and Beyond Sausage—and others;

•changes in operating and distribution activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky, including the impact of discontinuing the product line;

•managing inventory levels, including sales to liquidation channels and the level of inventory provision;

•changes in our pricing strategy, including actions intended to improve our price competitiveness relative to competing products or to improve profitability;

•increased unit cost of goods sold due to lower production volumes in response to weaker demand, which has and may continue in the future to adversely impact coverage of fixed production costs within our manufacturing facilities;

•increased unit cost of goods sold due to input cost inflation, including higher transportation, raw materials, energy, labor and supply chain costs;

•increased promotional programs and trade discounts or a failure or reduction in the efficacy of such programs to our retail and foodservice customers, including to bolster support for our core products, and shifts in product and channel mix resulting in negative impacts on our gross margins;

•potential disruption to our supply chain generally caused by distribution and other logistical issues, including the impact of cyber incidents at suppliers and vendors; and

•labor needs at the Company, as well as in the supply chain and at customers.

Cost-Reduction Initiatives and Global Operations Review

In response to the current difficult environment and the negative impact of certain factors on our business and the overall plant-based meat category, beginning in 2022 we pivoted our focus toward sustainable long-term growth supported by three pillars: (1) driving margin recovery and operating expense reduction through the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms; (2) inventory reduction and cash flow generation through more efficient inventory management; and (3) focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting strategic key long-term partners and opportunities. Based on cost reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses, in August 2022 and October 2022, we implemented reductions in force affecting approximately 4% and 19%, respectively, of our global workforce.

To further reduce operating expenses, in November 2023, we announced that we were initiating a review of our global operations (the “Global Operations Review”), narrowing our commercial focus to certain growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts may include the exit or discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; accelerated, cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; and the continued review of our operations in China. As part of this review, on November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce).

The following table summarizes the non-cash charges recorded in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 as a result of our Global Operations Review:

(in thousands)
Non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold:
Incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory(1)$38,045
Accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets(2)23,860
Write-off of prepaid raw materials cost5,000
Total non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold$66,905
Non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses :
Accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets recorded in research and development expenses$962
Loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets recorded in SG&A expenses to fair value16,639
Total non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses$17,601
Total$84,506

__________

(1) Includes $16.5 million associated with Beyond Meat Jerky. As part of our ongoing Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line.

(2) Includes $3.6 million associated with Beyond Meat Jerky fixed assets.

We may not be able to fully realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated from our cost-reduction initiatives and Global Operations Review, and the realized costs may be greater than expected. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to improve our cost structure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, including achieving and/or sustaining cash flow positive operations.

Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Net Revenues

We generate net revenues primarily from sales of our products to our customers across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, mainly in the United States and the EU.

We present our net revenues by geography and distribution channel as follows:

Distribution ChannelDescription
U.S. RetailNet revenues from retail sales to the U.S. market and, sales to TPP, our joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc.(1)
U.S. FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to the U.S. market
International RetailNet revenues from retail sales to international markets, including Canada
International FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to international markets, including Canada

_____________

(1)There were no net revenues associated with Beyond Meat Jerky sold to TPP in the second half of 2023 as we assumed distribution responsibilities in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line.

The following factors and trends in our business have driven net revenue growth over prior periods and are expected to be key drivers of our net revenue growth over time, subject to the challenges discussed above:

•increased penetration across our retail channel, including mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store and natural retailer channels, and our foodservice channel, including increased desire by foodservice establishments, including large Full Service Restaurant and/or global QSR customers, to add plant-based products to their menus and to highlight and retain these offerings;

•the strength and breadth of our partnerships with global QSR restaurants and retail and foodservice customers;

•the success of our pivot to focus on sustainable long-term growth, including focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting strategic key long-term partners and opportunities, and intensifying focus on channels and geographies that are exhibiting revenue growth;

•distribution expansion, increased sales velocity, household penetration, repeat purchases, buying rates (amount spent per buyer) and purchase frequency across our channels, including the success of promotional programs at attracting new users to the plant-based meat category;

•increased international sales of our products across geographies, markets and channels as we seek to expand the breadth and depth of our international distribution and grow our numbers of international customers;

•our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time;

•our continued innovation and product commercialization, including enhancing existing products such as the recent announcement of our Beyond IV generation of products, and introducing new products across our plant-based platforms that appeal to a broad range of consumers, specifically those who typically eat animal-based meat;

•enhanced marketing efforts and the success thereof, as we continue to build our brand, use our portfolio and marketing to directly counter misinformation about our products and category, amplify our value proposition around taste, health and planet, serve as a best-in-class partner to both retail and

foodservice customers to support product development and category management, and drive consumer adoption of our products;

•investment in in-store execution and field resources focused on shelf availability and presentation, particularly in the U.S. refrigerated meat case, to drive increased sales;

•overall market trends, including consumer awareness and demand for nutritious, convenient and high protein plant-based foods; and

•localized production and third party partnerships to improve our cost of production and increase the availability, accessibility and speed with which we can get our products to customers internationally.

As we seek to grow our net revenues, we continue to face several challenges, including prolonged, weakened demand within the plant-based meat category overall, broad macroeconomic headwinds, including elevated levels of inflation, higher interest rates, waning consumer confidence and recessionary concerns, adverse changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of our products, increased competitive activity in the plant-based meat category, and global events such as the war in Ukraine and the conflict in Israel, Gaza and surrounding areas and their potential impact on availability of raw materials and/or distribution of our products.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. We anticipate that over time we will need to continue to offer more trade and promotion discounts to both our retail and foodservice customers, to drive increased consumer trials and in response to changing consumer and customer behavior and increased competition and pressure on the plant-based meat category. The expense associated with these discounts and promotions is estimated and recorded as a reduction in total gross revenues in order to arrive at reported net revenues. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset to “Accounts receivable” for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid which totaled $6.9 million and $4.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We continue to face increasing competition across all channels, especially if consumers continue to trade down among proteins in the context of significant inflationary pressure.

In addition, because we do not have any purchase commitments from our distributors or customers, the amount of net revenues we recognize has varied and will vary in the future, from period to period depending on the volume, timing and the channels through which our products are sold, and the impact of customer orders ahead of holidays, causing variability in our results. Similarly, the timing of retail shelf resets are not within our control, and to the extent that retail customers change the timing of such events, variability of our results may also increase. Lower customer orders ahead of holidays, shifts in customer shelf reset activity and changes in order patterns of one or more of our large retail customers could cause a significant fluctuation in our quarterly results and could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

Our financial performance also depends on our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time. Disruptions in our supply chain could affect customer demand, orders that may not materialize due to delayed deliveries and subsequent lost sales that we may not be able to recover in full, or at all.

Further, we may not be able to recapture missed opportunities in later periods, for example if the opportunity is related to a significant grilling holiday like Memorial Day weekend, the Fourth of July, or Labor Day weekend. Missed opportunities may also result in missing subsequent additional opportunities. Internal and external operational issues therefore may impact the amount and variability of our results.

Seasonality

Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the U.S. summer grilling season. In 2023, 2022 and 2021, U.S. retail channel net revenues during the second quarter were 10%, 16% and 21% higher than the first quarter, respectively. While we expected to continue to see additional seasonality effects in 2023, as compared to 2022 and 2021, we saw more muted effects from seasonality in the

third and fourth quarters of 2023 as compared to the prior-year period and the second quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting weak category demand and pricing actions. In general, any historical effects of seasonality have been more pronounced within our U.S. retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel generally tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year, driven by increased levels of grilling activity, higher levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. In an environment of heightened uncertainty from recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors impacting our business, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit consists of our net revenues less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of our net revenues. Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of raw materials including ingredients and packaging, co-manufacturing fees, direct and indirect labor and certain supply costs, inbound and internal shipping and handling costs incurred in manufacturing our products, warehouse storage fees, plant and equipment overhead, depreciation and amortization expense, provision for excess and obsolete inventory, and accelerated depreciation on write-offs and disposals of certain fixed assets. Under certain circumstances, our cost of goods sold may also include underutilization and/or termination fees associated with our co-manufacturing agreements. Gross profit and gross margin in the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the prior-year periods were positively impacted by lower manufacturing costs including lower depreciation expense resulting from a change in the estimated useful lives of certain of our large manufacturing equipment. See Note 6, Property, Plant and Equipment, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Subject to the recessionary and inflationary pressures, competition, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category and other factors impacting our business, which are discussed above, we continue to expect that long-term gross profit and gross margin improvements will be delivered primarily through:

•implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms;

•reviewing and adjusting our pricing architecture within certain channels;

•exiting select product lines in order to eliminate margin-dilutive products or to streamline our supply chain operations;

•improved volume leverage and throughput;

•reduced manufacturing conversion costs driven in part by network consolidation and optimization of our production network;

•greater internalization and geographic localization of our manufacturing footprint;

•finished goods, materials and packaging input cost reductions and scale of purchasing;

•end-to-end production processes across a greater proportion of our manufacturing network;

•scale-driven efficiencies in procurement and fixed cost absorption;

•product and process innovations and reformulations; and

•improved supply chain logistics and distribution costs.

Gross margin improvement may, however, continue to be negatively impacted by reduced capacity utilization if demand for our products continues to decline, investments in our production infrastructure across the U.S., EU and China in advance of anticipated demand, which may not materialize within the expected timeframe, investing in production personnel, partnerships and product pipeline, aggressive pricing strategies

and increased discounting, increases in inventory provision, write-down or write-off of obsolete inventory and potentially increased sales to liquidation channels at lower prices, changes in our product and customer sales mix, expansion into new geographies and markets where cost and pricing structures may differ from our existing markets, and underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines. Gross margin improvement may also be negatively impacted by the impact of inflation, increasing labor costs, materials costs and transportation costs.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation, scale-up expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses on research and development assets, and facility lease costs. Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancements to our existing product formulations and production processes in addition to the development of new products. We expect to continue to invest in research and development over time, as research and development and innovation are core elements of our business strategy, and we believe they represent a critical competitive advantage for us. We believe that we need to continue to innovate in order to capture a larger share of consumers who typically eat animal-based meats. We decreased our research and development expenses in 2023 and expect research and development expenses in 2024 to decrease further from the levels in 2023 primarily as a result of the reduction-in-force implemented in November 2023 and as we focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses consist primarily of selling, marketing and administrative expenses, including personnel and related expenses, share-based compensation, outbound shipping and handling costs, non-manufacturing lease expense, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing and non-research and development assets, charges related to asset write-offs including loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets, consulting fees and other non-production operating expenses. Marketing and selling expenses include advertising costs, share-based compensation awards to brand ambassadors, costs associated with consumer promotions, product donations, product samples and sales aids incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness. Administrative expenses include expenses related to management, accounting, legal, IT and other office functions. We decreased SG&A expenses in 2023 and expect SG&A expenses in 2024 to decrease further from the levels in 2023, as we focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly, including as part of the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms.

Reduction-In-Force

On November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2023, we incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the reduction-in-force, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. These charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023, and the reduction-in-force was substantially complete by the end of 2023.

In aggregate, in 2024, the reduction-in-force, combined with the elimination of certain open positions, is expected to result in approximately $9.5 million to $10.5 million in cash operating expense savings, and an additional approximately $1.0 million to $2.0 million in non-cash savings related to previously granted, unvested stock-based compensation which would have vested in 2024. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to improve our cost structure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, including achieving and/or sustaining cash flow positive operations.

Restructuring Expenses

In May 2017, management approved a plan to terminate an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release in connection with this matter. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected items in our consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202320222021
Net revenues$343,376$418,933$464,700
Cost of goods sold426,031442,676347,419
Gross (loss) profit(82,655)(23,743)117,281
Research and development expenses39,53062,26466,946
Selling, general and administrative expenses220,344239,505209,474
Restructuring expenses(631)17,25915,794
Total operating expenses259,243319,028292,214
Loss from operations$(341,898)$(342,771)$(174,933)

The following table presents selected items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Net revenues100.0%100.0%100.0%
Cost of goods sold124.1105.774.8
Gross (loss) profit(24.1)(5.7)25.2
Research and development expenses11.514.914.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses64.257.245.1
Restructuring expenses(0.2)4.13.4
Total operating expenses75.576.262.9
Loss from operations(99.6)%(81.9)%(37.7)%

Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2022

Net Revenues

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
U.S.:
Retail$155,240$234,744$(79,504)(33.9)%
Foodservice50,64769,289(18,642)(26.9)%
U.S. net revenues205,887304,033(98,146)(32.3)%
International:
Retail$61,723$60,907$8161.3%
Foodservice75,76653,99321,77340.3%
International net revenues137,489114,90022,58919.7%
Net revenues$343,376$418,933$(75,557)(18.0)%

Net revenues in 2023 decreased $75.6 million, or 18.0%, as compared to the prior year driven by a 10.8% decrease in net revenue per pound and an 8.1% decrease in volume of products sold. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by changes in product sales mix and increased trade discounts, partially offset by pricing changes and favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The decrease in volume of products sold primarily reflected weak category demand and the cycling of significant sell-in of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP in 2022. Net revenues from sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP were $5.3 million in 2023, as compared to $33.5 million in 2022. Net revenues from retail channel sales decreased 26.6% primarily due to higher trade discounts and reduced pricing, and lower overall demand as a result of a deceleration in growth of the plant-based meat category. Net revenues from foodservice channel sales increased 2.5%, primarily from international foodservice channel sales.

Net revenues from U.S. retail sales in 2023 decreased $79.5 million, or 33.9%, as compared to the prior year. Total volume of products sold decreased 26.4%, primarily reflecting weak category demand and the cycling of significant sell-in of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP in 2022. Net revenue per pound decreased 10.1%. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by higher trade discounts and changes in product sales mix, partially offset by changes in product pricing. By product, the decrease in U.S. retail channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP, Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage and Beyond Breakfast Sausage, partially offset by increased revenues from sales of Beyond Steak and Beyond Chicken products. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 32,000 U.S. retail outlets as of December 2023, excluding outlets unique to Beyond Meat Jerky.

Net revenues from U.S. foodservice sales in 2023 decreased $18.6 million, or 26.9%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 30.2% decrease in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting the cycling of sales to a large QSR customer for a limited time offering in the prior year which did not repeat in 2023, partially offset by a 4.8% increase in net revenue per pound. The increase in net revenue per pound was primarily due to changes in product sales mix, partially offset by higher trade discounts. By product, the decrease in U.S. foodservice channel sales was primarily due to decreased sales of certain chicken products, which included the impact from a limited time offering at a large QSR customer in 2022 that ended in early 2023, and Beyond Burger. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 41,000 U.S. foodservice outlets as of December 2023.

Net revenues from international retail channel sales in 2023 increased $0.8 million, or 1.3%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 3.5% increase in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting strong sales from new product introductions and the lapping of a weak year-ago comparison, partially offset by a 2.0% decrease in net revenue per pound. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily due to higher trade discounts and pricing changes, partially offset by favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. By

product, the increase in net revenues was primarily due to increased sales of certain chicken products, including Beyond Chicken Tenders, and Beyond Beef, partially offset by the decreased sales of Beyond Sausage and Beyond Burger. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 36,000 international retail outlets as of December 2023.

Net revenues from international foodservice channel sales in 2023 increased $21.8 million, or 40.3%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 59.6% increase in volume of products sold, partially offset by a 12.1% decrease in net revenue per pound. The decrease in net revenue per pound was mainly due to higher trade discounts and changes in product sales mix, partially offset by the impact of favorable foreign currency exchange rates. By product, the increase in net revenues was primarily due to increases in sales of certain chicken products, including sales to a large QSR customer, and Beyond Burger, partially offset by decreased sales of Beyond Sausage and Beyond Beef Crumble. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 24,000 international foodservice outlets as of December 2023.

The following table presents consolidated volume of our products sold in pounds for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
U.S.:
Retail32,97144,784(11,813)(26.4)%
Foodservice8,92312,786(3,863)(30.2)%
International:
Retail13,90913,4354743.5%
Foodservice22,27213,9518,32159.6%
Volume of products sold78,07584,956(6,881)(8.1)%

Cost of Goods Sold

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Cost of goods sold$426,031$442,676$(16,645)(3.8)%

Cost of goods sold decreased by $16.6 million, or 3.8%, to $426.0 million in 2023 as compared to the prior year. As a percentage of net revenues, cost of goods sold increased to 124.1% of net revenues in 2023 from 105.7% of net revenues in the prior year. The decrease in cost of goods sold was primarily due to lower volume of products sold and, to a lesser extent, increased cost per pound. On a per pound basis, cost of goods sold was impacted by higher provision for excess and obsolete inventory and accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs and disposals of certain fixed assets, partially offset by lower logistics costs, lower manufacturing costs and lower materials costs. The introduction of Beyond Meat Jerky in the first quarter of 2022 negatively impacted cost per pound in 2022 but had a substantially lower impact in 2023 as a result of meaningfully reduced sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP in 2023 as compared to 2022. In the year ended December 31, 2023, depreciation expense benefited by $19.0 million as a result of a change in the estimated useful lives of certain of our large manufacturing equipment, relative to depreciation expense utilizing our previous estimated useful lives. See Note 6, Property, Plant and Equipment, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report. Cost of goods sold in 2022 included $22.6 million in write-offs of excess and obsolete inventories and $1.0 million in write-down of inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value.

Cost of goods sold in 2023 included $66.9 million in costs resulting from our Global Operations Review including incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory, accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets, and write-off of prepaid raw materials cost. In addition, cost of goods sold in

2023 included contract termination costs associated with certain co-manufacturing agreements in the amount of $4.4 million and additional specific provision, primarily for inventory associated with a large QSR customer in the amount of $6.1 million. Cost of goods sold in 2022 included contract termination and underutilization fees associated with a certain co-manufacturing agreement in the amounts of $4.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

Gross (Loss) Profit and Gross Margin

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Gross (loss) profit$(82,655)$(23,743)$(58,912)248.1%
Gross margin(24.1)%(5.7)%N/AN/A

Gross profit in 2023 was a loss of $82.7 million, as compared to a loss of $23.7 million, in the prior year, a decline of $58.9 million or 248.1%. Gross margin in 2023 decreased to a negative gross margin of 24.1% from a negative gross margin of 5.7% in the prior year. Gross profit and gross margin decreased primarily due to a 10.8% decrease in net revenue per pound, a 8.1% decrease in total volume of products sold, and a 4.8% increase in cost per pound in 2023 compared to the prior year.

Gross profit and gross margin in 2023 as compared to 2022 were negatively impacted by lower net revenues per pound, higher inventory provision per pound and higher manufacturing costs including depreciation, partially offset by lower logistics costs and lower materials costs per pound. The increase in inventory provision included $38.0 million in non-cash charges resulting from our Global Operations Review. In addition, gross profit and gross margin in 2023 included a $4.4 million in contract termination costs associated with a certain co-manufacturing agreement and $6.1 million in additional provision for inventory associated with a large QSR customer. In 2023, gross profit and gross margin benefited by $19.0 million and 23%, respectively, as a result of a change in the estimated useful lives of certain of our large manufacturing equipment, as compared to those same measures calculated using our previous estimated useful lives. See Note 6, Property, Plant and Equipment, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

As disclosed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Shipping and Handling Costs, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, we include outbound shipping and handling costs within SG&A expenses. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to other entities that present all shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Research and development expenses$39,530$62,264$(22,734)(36.5)%

Research and development expenses decreased $22.7 million, or 36.5%, in 2023, as compared to the prior year. Research and development expenses decreased primarily due to $17.4 million in lower scale-up expenses and $14.3 million in lower salaries and related expenses compared to the prior year, resulting from a lower headcount, partially offset by higher facility lease-related costs and approximately $1.0 million in incremental accelerated depreciation from planned write-offs and disposals of certain fixed assets associated with research and development resulting from our Global Operations Review.

SG&A Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Selling, general and administrative expenses$220,344$239,505$(19,161)(8.0)%

SG&A expenses decreased by $19.2 million, or 8.0%, in 2023, to $220.3 million or 64.2% of net revenues as compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to $15.6 million in lower salaries and related expenses resulting from a lower headcount, $14.0 million in lower marketing expenses including $5.4 million in lower advertising expenses, $6.8 million in lower outbound freight expenses, $4.8 million in lower share-based compensation expenses, $2.7 million in lower product donations and $2.1 million in lower legal fees, partially offset by $19.2 million in higher loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets to fair value, $3.8 million in write-off of an uncollectible note receivable that was previously recorded for assets sold and $2.5 million in higher consulting expenses. In 2023, SG&A expenses included $16.6 million in non-cash charges from the loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets to fair value resulting from the Global Operations Review, which primarily included the write-down of assets held for sale to their estimated net realizable value less cost to sell.

Restructuring Expenses

As a result of the termination in May 2017 of an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co- manufacturers due to non-performance under the agreement, we recorded a credit of $(0.6) million, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals in 2023 and restructuring expenses of $17.3 million in 2022, primarily related to legal and other expenses associated with the dispute. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were $0 and $0.7 million, respectively, in accrued unpaid restructuring expenses. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release pursuant to which the parties agreed to dismiss with prejudice all claims and cross-claims asserted in the associated cases filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles and the United States District Court for the Central District of California. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations in 2023 was $341.9 million compared to loss from operations of $342.8 million in the prior year. The decrease in loss from operations was primarily driven by the decline in gross profit, fully offset by lower SG&A expenses, research and development expenses and restructuring expenses.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

Total other income (expense), net, in the year ended December 31, 2023 of $7.7 million consisted primarily of $10.8 million in interest income and $1.1 million in realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains due to favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, partially offset by $4.0 million in interest expense from the amortization of convertible debt issuance costs. Total other expense, net, in the year ended December 31, 2022 of $4.4 million consisted primarily of $4.0 million in interest expense from the amortization of convertible debt issuance costs and $4.9 million in realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction losses due to unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, partially offset by $4.5 million in interest income.

Income Tax Expense

For 2023 and 2022, we recorded an income tax expense of $5,000 and $32,000, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of income taxes for state jurisdictions which have minimum tax requirements. No tax benefit was provided for losses incurred because those losses were offset by a full valuation allowance.

Net Loss

Net loss was $338.1 million in 2023 compared to $366.1 million in the prior year. This decrease in net loss was driven by the year-over-year decrease in operating expenses and increase in Other income, net, partially offset by the decrease in gross profit.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the non-GAAP financial measures set forth below in assessing our operating performance and in our financial communications. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful

additional information to investors about current trends in our operations and are useful for period-over-period comparisons of operations. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess operating performance and for business planning purposes. Management also believes these measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net loss adjusted to exclude, when applicable, income tax expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, restructuring expenses, share-based compensation expense, and Other, net, including interest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

“Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues.

There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues rather than their most directly comparable GAAP measures. Some of these limitations are:

•Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future increasing our cash requirements;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash required to service our debt, which reduces cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect restructuring expenses that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense and therefore does not include all of our compensation costs;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect Other, net, including interest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses, that may increase or decrease cash available to us; and

•other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

72

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, as reported (unaudited):

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202320222021
Net loss, as reported$(338,144)$(366,137)$(182,105)
Income tax expense53260
Interest expense3,9553,9663,648
Depreciation and amortization expense48,09432,58221,663
Restructuring expenses(1)(631)17,25915,794
Share-based compensation expense29,09833,85727,698
Other, net(2)(3)(11,616)420487
Adjusted EBITDA$(269,239)$(278,021)$(112,755)
Net loss as a % of net revenues(98.5)%(87.4)%(39.2)%
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues(78.4)%(66.4)%(24.3)%

_____________

(1)Primarily comprised of legal and other expenses associated with the dispute with a co-manufacturer with whom an exclusive supply agreement was terminated in May 2017. On October 18, 2022, the parties to this dispute entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release related to this matter. In the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a credit of $(0.6) million, in restructuring expenses, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals. See Note 3, Restructuring, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(2)Includes $1.1 million, $(4.9) million and $(0.2) million in net foreign currency transaction gains (losses) in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Also includes $1.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt associated with termination of the Company’s credit facility in 2021.
(3)Includes $10.8 million, $4.5 million and $0.2 million in interest income in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

73

Liquidity and Capital Resources

ATM Program

On May 10, 2023, we filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC, which allows us to sell, from time to time, and at our discretion, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement (as defined below), shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $200.0 million pursuant to an “at the market” offering program (the “ATM Program”). We intend to use the net proceeds, if any, from sales of our common stock issued under the ATM Program for general corporate and working capital purposes. The timing of any sales and the number of shares sold, if any, will depend on a variety of factors to be determined by us.

The shares will be offered pursuant to an equity distribution agreement between us and Goldman Sachs and Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), as sales agent (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”). We will pay Goldman Sachs a commission equal to 3.25% of the aggregate gross proceeds of any shares sold through Goldman Sachs pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement. We are not obligated to sell any shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement. As of December 31, 2023, no sales had been made under the Equity Distribution Agreement and the ATM Program’s full capacity remained available.

Convertible Senior Notes

In 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). For a discussion about the Notes, see Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Liquidity Outlook

In 2024, our cash from operations could be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this report. In addition, inflation, rising and higher interest rates, overall economic conditions, concerns about the likelihood of a recession and hostilities in Eastern Europe and the Middle East, among other factors, have led to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets generally, which could adversely affect our ability to access capital resources in the future and potentially harm our liquidity outlook.

Our current business plan is to continue to reduce operating expenses and utilize inventory management to reduce working capital. To further reduce operating expenses, in the fourth quarter of 2023, we announced the initiation of our Global Operations Review, which involves narrowing our commercial focus to certain growth opportunities and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts have to date included, and may in the future include, the discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels (including our current plan to increase the prices of certain of our products); accelerated, cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; and the continued review of our operations in China.

Based on our current business plan, we believe that our existing cash balances, including our anticipated cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to finance our operations and meet our foreseeable cash requirements through at least the next twelve months. We anticipate that we will seek to raise additional capital in 2024, which may include the issuance of debt or equity securities, including through the ATM Program, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Such financing and other potential financings may result in dilution to stockholders, reduction in the market price of our common stock, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic

74

considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed, on favorable terms or at all. Our cash requirements under our significant contractual obligations and commitments are listed below in the section titled “Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors including, among others, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products; our rate of revenue growth; the results of our review of our global operations and the successful implementation of our ongoing cost-reduction initiatives; timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structure in response to material fluctuations in product demand; the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets; our investment in and build out of our Campus Headquarters, including the timing and success of subleasing excess space at our Campus Headquarters; the success of, and expenses associated with, our marketing initiatives; our investment in manufacturing and facilities to optimize our manufacturing and production capacity, including underutilization fees, termination fees and exit costs; our investments in real property and joint ventures; the costs required to fund domestic and international operations and growth; the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes; any lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us or our directors and officers; the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel; variations in product selling prices and costs, the timing and success of changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels and the mix of products sold; the level of trade and promotional spending to support our products appropriately; the expenses associated with our sales force; our management of accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and other working capital accounts; the impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on our cash balances; the costs associated with being a public company; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.

Our operating environment continues to be affected by uncertainty related to macroeconomic issues, including ongoing, further weakened demand in the plant-based meat category, high inflation, higher interest rates, and concerns about the likelihood of a recession, among other things, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results, including our liquidity outlook. Although in the third quarter of 2023 we met our previously stated target of achieving cash flow positive operations within the second half of 2023, this outcome included the benefit of certain transitory factors which abated and, as such, we did not sustain free cash flow positive operations in the fourth quarter of 2023. Our ability to make progress toward our goal of achieving sustained cash flow positive operations is dependent on a number of assumptions and uncertainties, including, without limitation, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products; our ability to reduce costs and achieve positive gross margins; our ability to grow revenues and meet operating expense reduction targets, which may be subject to factors beyond our control; timing of capital expenditures; and our ability to monetize inventory and manage working capital.

On November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2023, we incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the reduction-in-force, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. These charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023, and the reduction-in-force was substantially complete by the end of 2023, but local law and consultation requirements may extend the process beyond the end of 2023 in certain countries.

75

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary cash needs are for operating expenses, working capital and capital expenditures to support our business. We finance our operations primarily through sales of our products and existing cash. We raised a total of $199.5 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, including through sales of convertible notes which were converted into preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In connection with our IPO, we sold an aggregate of 11,068,750 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $25.00 per share and received approximately $252.4 million in net proceeds. In 2019, we completed a secondary public offering of our common stock in which we sold 250,000 shares and certain selling stockholders sold 3,487,500 shares. We sold 250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $160.00 per share and received approximately $37.4 million in net proceeds.

In 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion in aggregate principal amount of Notes as discussed above. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. On May 10, 2023, we filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3, in connection with our ATM Program, discussed above. As of December 31, 2023, no sales had been made under the Equity Distribution Agreement and the ATM Program’s full capacity remained available.

As of December 31, 2023, we had $190.5 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $15.4 million in restricted cash, which was comprised of $12.6 million to secure the letter of credit to support the development and leasing of our Campus Headquarters and $2.8 million to secure a letter of credit associated with a third party contract manufacturer in Europe.

We anticipate that we will seek to raise additional capital in 2024, which may include the issuance of debt or equity securities, including through our ATM Program, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock.

Cash Flows

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows used in and provided by operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202320222021
Cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(107,825)$(320,244)$(301,370)
Investing activities$(9,491)$(87,527)$(147,479)
Financing activities$(550)$276$1,022,322

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

In 2023, we incurred a net loss of $338.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $107.8 million. Net cash inflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities were $114.7 million, primarily due to a decrease in inventory balances, decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets, an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in accounts receivable balances, partially offset by cash outflows due to an increase in prepaid lease costs in the amount of $4.2 million associated with the Campus Lease (see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report), a decrease in operating lease liabilities and a decrease in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Net loss in 2023, included $115.7 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization expense, share-based compensation expense, loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets, non-cash lease expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, equity in losses in TPP and write-down of a note receivable.

76

In 2022, we incurred a net loss of $366.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $320.2 million. Net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to $55.1 million in cash outflows associated with the prepaid lease costs for the Campus Lease (see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report), payments toward accounts payable and a decrease in accrued expenses. The net cash outflows were partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets and a decrease in inventory. Net loss in 2022 included $100.1 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, unrealized loss on foreign currency transactions and amortization of debt issuance costs.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $48.1 million and $32.6 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively. Depreciation expense in 2023 includes accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs and disposals of fixed assets primarily recorded in cost of good sold as a result of our Global Operations Review.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our investments in property, plant and equipment and investment in TPP, offset by proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets.

In 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $9.5 million and consisted of $10.6 million in cash outflows to support maintenance and our investments in property, plant and equipment, and $3.3 million for investment in TPP that was previously committed, partially offset by $4.3 million in proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets.

In 2022, net cash used in investing activities was $87.5 million and consisted of $70.5 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by continued investments in production equipment and facilities related to our capacity expansion initiatives and international expansion, and $13.3 million for investment in TPP.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

In 2023, net cash used in financing activities was $0.6 million which consisted of $0.5 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and $0.2 million for payments under finance lease obligations, partially offset by $0.2 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.

In 2022, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.3 million primarily from $1.6 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $1.1 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and $0.2 million in payments under finance lease obligations.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Convertible Senior Notes

In March 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of Notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Leases

In 2021, we entered into the Campus Lease with HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house our Campus Headquarters. Although we are involved in the design of the tenant improvements of the Campus Headquarters, we do not have title or possession of the assets during construction. In addition, we do not have the ability to control the leased Campus Headquarters until each phase of the tenant improvements is complete. We contributed $4.2 million and $55.1 million in payments towards the construction of the Campus Headquarters in the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These payments are initially recorded in “Prepaid lease costs, non-current” in the Company’s

77

consolidated balance sheet and will ultimately be recorded as a component of a right-of-use asset upon lease commencement for each phase of the lease. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has recognized a right-of-use asset and lease liability for Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B in its consolidated balance sheet. Aggregate payments towards base rent over the initial lease term associated with the remaining phases not yet delivered to the Company are approximately $79.4 million.

Concurrent with our execution of the Campus Lease, as a security deposit, we delivered to the Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5 million, which amount will decrease to: (i) $6.3 million on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, which amount will decrease to: (i) $6.3 million on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in the Campus Lease); (ii) $3.1 million on the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date; and (iii) $0 in the event the Company receives certain credit ratings; provided the Company is not then in default of its obligations under the Campus Lease.

The letter of credit is secured by a $12.6 million deposit reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as “Restricted cash, non-current” as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. See Note 4, Leases, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

China Investment and Lease Agreement

In 2020, we and our subsidiary, BYND JX, entered into an investment agreement with the Administrative Committee (the “JX Committee”) of the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone (the “JXEDZ”) pursuant to which, among other things, BYND JX has agreed to make certain investments in the JXEDZ in two phases of development, and we have agreed to guarantee certain repayment obligations of BYND JX under such agreement.

During Phase 1, we agreed to invest $10.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX in the JXEDZ through an intercompany investment in BYND JX and BYND JX agreed to lease a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years. In connection with such agreement, BYND JX entered into a factory leasing contract with an affiliate of the JX Committee, pursuant to which BYND JX agreed to lease and renovate a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years. In 2022, we amended the lease to extend the term for an additional five years without rent escalation. In the fourth quarter of 2021, BYND JX leased an approximately 12,000 square foot facility in Shanghai, China, for a period of eight years, which is used as a local research and development facility to support the local manufacturing operations.

As of December 31, 2023, we had invested $22.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX and advanced $20.0 million to BYND JX. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

The Planet Partnership

In 2021, we entered into TPP, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack products made from plant-based protein. In 2023 and 2022, we recognized our share of the net losses in TPP in the amount of $3.9 million and $18.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we contributed our share of the investment in TPP of $3.3 million and $13.3 million, respectively. As of the year ended December 31, 2022, we had contributed our share of the investment in TPP in the amount of $24.3 million. In 2023, we contributed an additional $3.3 million as our share of an additional investment in TPP resulting in a total contribution of $27.6 million as of December 31, 2023. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, and Note 13, Related Party Transactions, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

In 2023, we continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky and assumed sales and distribution responsibilities associated with Beyond Meat Jerky in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line. For a discussion of the risks associated with our assumption of

78

the distribution responsibilities for Beyond Meat Jerky, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investments—Joint ventures may not operate according to their business plans if our partners fail to fulfill their obligations, which may adversely affect our results of operations and compel us to dedicate additional resources to these joint ventures.

Purchase Commitments

In 2022, we entered into a co-manufacturing agreement (“Agreement”) with a co- manufacturer to manufacture various products. The Agreement included a minimum order quantity commitment per month and an aggregate quantity over a five-year term. On November 21, 2023, we terminated the Agreement because the co-manufacturer failed to meet its obligations under the Agreement and recorded $4.4 million in termination-related charges. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had $0 and $84.6 million, respectively, in fee commitments related to the Agreement. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

In 2022, we entered into an agreement to purchase certain property on a neighboring site to our manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands, for cash consideration of approximately €6.3 million, of which a €0.9 million deposit was made during 2022. Given our intention to reduce our overall operating expenses and cash expenditures, subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2023, on February 2, 2024, we terminated the purchase agreement and entered into a lease agreement with the subsequent purchaser of the property to lease the approximately 114,000 square foot property. The original security deposit was returned to us and was paid to the purchaser as a prepaid lease payment. See Note 14 Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On July 1, 2023, we and Roquette Frères entered into a second amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to our existing pea protein supply agreement dated January 10, 2020, as amended by the first amendment dated August 3, 2022 (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the terms of the agreement and existing purchase commitments set forth in the First Amendment were revised and extended through December 31, 2025. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the purchase commitment was revised such that we have committed to purchase pea protein inventory totaling $10.9 million in 2024 and $17.1 million in 2025. In 2023, as a result of our Global Operations Review, we wrote off $5.0 million in prepayments for an option to purchase pea protein inventory in the future that we estimated that we may not be able to use.

In addition, as of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $9.2 million in outstanding purchase order commitments for capital expenditures primarily to purchase machinery and equipment. Payments for these purchases will be due within twelve months of December 31, 2023.

79

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023:

Payments Due by Period
(in thousands)TotalLess Than One Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than Five Years
Operating lease obligations(1)(2)$129,500$8,360$16,094$16,506$88,540
Financing lease obligations(3)49520825037
Convertible debt(4)1,137,5421,137,542
Purchase commitments—inventory(5)27,94210,85917,083
Purchase commitments—assets(6)9,1519,151
Purchase commitment—Enschede facility(7)5,9115,911
Total$1,310,541$34,489$33,427$1,154,085$88,540

___________________

(1)Includes lease payments for our former Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center, obligations under the Campus Lease relating to Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B, our manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Missouri and all other operating lease obligations.

(2)Excludes obligations under Campus Lease, except for those relating to Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(3)Consists of payments under various financing leases for certain equipment.

(4)Includes principal amount under our Notes issued March 2021. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(5)Consists of commitments to purchase pea protein inventory.

(6)Consists of commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment

(7)Consists of the commitment to purchase the adjacent Enschede facility. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2023, on February 2, 2024, we terminated our commitment to purchase the Enschede property and entered into a lease with the subsequent purchaser. See Note 14, Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any holdings in variable interest entities.

Segment Information

We have one operating segment and one reportable segment, as our Chief Operating Decision Maker, who is our Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we

80

consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for information about these critical accounting policies as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are generated through sales of our products to distributors or customers. Revenue is recognized at the point in which the performance obligation under the terms of a contract with the customer have been satisfied and control has transferred. Our performance obligation is typically defined as the accepted purchase order, the direct-to-consumer order, or the contract, with the customer which requires us to deliver the requested products at agreed upon prices at the time and location of the customer’s choice. We generally do not offer warranties or a right to return on the products we sell except in the instance of a product recall or other limited circumstances.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for fulfilling the performance obligation. Sales and other taxes we collect concurrent with the sale of products are excluded from revenue. Our normal payment terms vary by the type and location of our customers and the products offered. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. None of our customer contracts as of December 31, 2023 contains a significant financing component.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to our customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. Provision for discounts and incentives are recorded in the same period in which the related revenues are recognized. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset to accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid. The offsetting charge is recorded as a reduction of revenues in the same period when the expense is incurred.

We recognize the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. The incremental cost to obtain contracts was not material.

Inventories and Cost of Goods Sold

Inventories are recorded at lower of cost or net realizable value. We account for inventory using the weighted average cost method. In addition to product cost, inventory costs include expenditures such as direct labor and certain supply and overhead expenses including in-bound shipping and handling costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Inventories are comprised primarily of raw materials, direct labor and overhead costs. Weighted average cost method is used to absorb raw materials, direct labor, and overhead into inventory. We review inventory quantities on hand and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical and forecasted demand, estimated shelf life of various raw materials and packaging, work in process and finished goods inventory, as well as the age of the inventory, among other factors.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Estimate of Useful Lives

During the first quarter of 2023, we completed a reassessment of the useful lives of its large manufacturing and research and development equipment, and determined that we should increase the estimated useful lives for certain of our equipment from a range of 5 to 10 years a uniform 10 years. The timing of this reassessment was based on a combination of factors accumulating over time, including historical useful life information and changes in our planned use of the equipment, that provided us with updated information that allowed us to make a better estimate of the economic lives of such equipment. This reassessment was accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and was made on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2023. This change in

81

accounting estimate decreased depreciation expense for 2023 by $21.0 million, impacting cost of goods sold and research and development expenses by $19.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and decreased both basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders by $0.33.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and new accounting pronouncements that may impact us.

82

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001655210-23-000017.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-03-01. Report date: 2022-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this document generally discusses 2022 and 2021 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2022 and 2021. Discussions of 2020 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2021 and 2020 that are not included in this document can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Overview

Beyond Meat is a leading plant-based meat company, offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats. We build meat directly from plants, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products. Our brand promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare. The success of our breakthrough innovation model and products has allowed us to appeal to a broad range of consumers, including flexitarians, those who typically eat animal-based meats, positioning us to compete directly in the $1.4 trillion global meat industry.

We sell a range of plant-based meat products across the three main meat platforms of beef, pork and poultry. As of December 2022, Beyond Meat Branded products were available at approximately 190,000 retail and foodservice outlets in more than 80 countries worldwide, across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store, convenience store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools.

Net revenues decreased to $418.9 million in 2022 from $464.7 million in 2021, representing a 9.8% reduction. We have generated losses since inception. Net loss in 2022 and 2021 was $366.1 million and $182.1 million, respectively, as we pursued our long-term goal of future growth of our business, investing in innovation, people, infrastructure, product scaling and establishing strategic partnerships in the U.S., EU and China. In 2022, our net revenues were negatively affected by softness in demand in the plant-based category, macroeconomic issues, including inflation, rising interest rates and increasing concerns about the likelihood of a recession, and increased competition. Additionally, there remains uncertainty regarding the long-term effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and certain negative impacts on our business, the plant-based category, consumer and customer behavior, and demand levels.

In response to the current difficult environment and negative impact of these factors on our business and the overall plant-based category, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 we are pivoting our focus toward sustainable long-term growth supported by three pillars: (1) driving margin recovery and operating expense reduction through the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms; (2) inventory reduction and cash flow generation through more efficient inventory management; and (3) focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting strategic key long-term partners and opportunities.

55

Our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows have been and may continue to be adversely impacted in 2023 by the following:

•changes in our product mix including the launch of new products, which may carry lower margin profiles relative to existing products due in part to early cost of production inefficiencies;

•weak demand in the retail channel due to slower category growth, particularly for refrigerated plant-based meat, and increased competitive activity, including the deceleration of plant-based meat across Europe and our ability to successfully launch extended shelf-life products;

•the impact of high inflation and the plant-based meat sector’s premium pricing relative to animal protein, including causing consumers to trade down into cheaper forms of protein, including animal meat;

•our decreased revenue forecast negatively impacting capacity utilization, which could also give rise to underutilization fees and termination fees to exit certain supply chain arrangements and/or the write-off of certain equipment, driving less leverage on fixed costs and delaying the speed at which cost savings initiatives impact our financial results;

•changes in forecasted demand, particularly for Beyond Meat Jerky;

•managing inventory levels, including sales to the liquidation channel and the level of inventory reserves;

•price reductions, intended to improve price competitiveness relative to competing products;

•increased unit cost of goods sold due to lower production volumes in response to weaker demand, which would adversely impact coverage of fixed production costs within our manufacturing facilities;

•increased unit cost of goods due to inflation, rising interest rates, higher transportation, raw materials, energy, labor and supply chain costs;

•increased promotional programs and trade discounts to our retail and foodservice customers, including to bolster support for our core lines, and shifts in product and channel mix resulting in negative impacts on our gross margins;

•potential disruption to our supply chain generally caused by distribution and other logistical issues;

•continued effects of the COVID-19 pandemic; and

•labor needs at the Company as well as in the supply chain and at customers.

In 2021, we entered into The Planet Partnership, LLC (“TPP”), a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein. In the fourth quarter of 2022, we began taking steps to restructure certain contracts and operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky. Such activities are expected to continue through most of 2023.

On August 3, 2022 and October 14, 2022, we announced reductions-in-force affecting approximately 4% and 19%, respectively, of our global workforce. These decisions were based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses as the Company focuses on a set of key growth priorities. We may not be able to fully realize the costs savings and benefits initially anticipated from these actions, and the expected costs may be greater than expected. See Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to reduce our cost structure towards cash flow positive operations could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions and Our inability to streamline operations and improve cost efficiencies could result in the contraction of our business and the implementation of significant cost cutting measures.

56

Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on our business over the last three years, but as we moved through 2022 we saw consumers start to return to more normalized routines; more social gatherings, going out to bars and restaurants and returning to offices, which impacted demand. We have also seen a normalization of supply chains across the food and beverage industry that is reducing the disruption of the supply from many protein suppliers and increasing choice for consumers.

In the United States, we have transitioned back to normal operating procedures with a heightened awareness of maintaining a healthy workplace and work environment. At all of our facilities, we follow current guidelines from local departments of public health and have implemented comprehensive preventative hygienic measures to support the health and safety of our employees.

As a result of China’s lifting of its zero COVID policies, our facilities in China no longer require visitors and personnel to obtain a 72-hour swab test results. However, at our R&D center and Jiaxing factory, visitors are still required to pre-register their personal details and record their temperature. Those who record symptoms relating to a fever or report cough symptoms are not allowed to enter these two facilities.

Future events and effects related to COVID-19 cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts.

Environmental, Social and Governance

As a disruptive leader in the food industry, we have established ourselves as a leading producer of plant-based meat products that deliver a reduced environmental footprint and mitigate the social and welfare issues associated with the conventional production and consumption of animal protein. In order to continue that work and position ourselves as a leader in the integration of environmental and social change, we have committed to developing a comprehensive ESG program. As part of the development of our ESG program, we have conducted a materiality analysis to determine which ESG issues are relevant to our business (the “ESG Materiality Analysis”). The term “materiality analysis” is common in the discussion of such assessments; however, the ESG Materiality Analysis was not designed to identify “material” issues for the purposes of financial reporting, or as defined by the securities laws of the United States. While the environmental impacts of our products, climate change management, the safety and quality of the products we produce and how we manage our supply chain were all identified as priority topics in our ESG Materiality Analysis, our discussion of these and other ESG matters herein or elsewhere may include information that is not necessarily “material” for SEC reporting purposes, and is informed by various ESG standards and frameworks (including standards for the measurement of underlying data), and the interests of various stakeholders. Much of this information is subject to assumptions, estimates or third-party information that is still evolving and subject to change. For example, our disclosures based on any standards may change due to revisions in framework requirements, availability of information, changes in our business or applicable government policies, or other factors, some of which may be beyond our control. We continue to work on leveraging the ESG Materiality Analysis to inform our strategy and actions under our commitment to promoting responsible and sustainable business practices within our organization.

Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Net Revenues

We generate net revenues primarily from sales of our products to our customers across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store, convenience store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, mainly in the United States.

57

We present our net revenues by geography and distribution channel as follows:

Distribution ChannelDescription
U.S. RetailNet revenues from retail sales to the U.S. market and sales to TPP
U.S. FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to the U.S. market
International RetailNet revenues from retail sales to international markets, including Canada
International FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to international markets, including Canada

The following factors and trends in our business have driven net revenue growth over prior periods and are expected to be key drivers of our net revenue growth over time, subject to the challenges discussed above:

•increased penetration across our retail channel, including mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store, convenience store and natural retailer channels, and our foodservice channel, including increased desire by foodservice establishments, including large FSR and/or global QSR customers, to add plant-based products to their menus and to highlight these offerings;

•the strength and breadth of our partnerships with global QSR restaurants and retail and foodservice customers;

•the success of our pivot to focus on sustainable long-term growth, including focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting strategic key long-term partners and opportunities;

•distribution expansion, increased sales velocity, household penetration, repeat purchases, buying rates (amount spent per buyer) and purchase frequency across our channels;

•increased international sales of our products across geographies, markets and channels as we seek to expand the breadth and depth of our international distribution and grow our numbers of international customers;

•our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products and manage our inventory;

•our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time;

•our continued innovation and product commercialization, including enhancing existing products and introducing new products across our plant-based platforms that appeal to a broad range of consumers, specifically those who typically eat animal-based meat;

•enhanced marketing efforts as we continue to build our brand, amplify our value proposition around taste, health and planet, serve as a best-in-class partner to both retail and foodservice customers to support product development and category management, and drive consumer adoption of our products;

•overall market trends, including consumer awareness and demand for nutritious, convenient and high protein plant-based foods; and

•localized production and third-party partnerships to improve our cost of production and increase the availability and speed with which we can get our products to customers internationally.

As we seek to grow our net revenues, we face several challenges, including any lasting effects from COVID-19, which are difficult to quantify, global events such as the conflict in Ukraine and their impact on availability of raw materials, broad macroeconomic headwinds including elevated levels of inflation, waning consumer confidence and recessionary concerns, increasing competition in the plant-based meat category, and softening in demand of the plant-based meat category overall, particularly in the refrigerated subsegment among others.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer

58

advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. We anticipate that over time we will need to continue to offer more trade and promotion discounts to both our retail and foodservice customers, to drive increased consumer trials and in response to changing consumer and customer behavior, and increased competition and pressure on the plant-based meat category. The expense associated with these discounts and promotions is estimated and recorded as a reduction in total gross revenues in order to arrive at reported net revenues. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid which totaled $4.6 million and $3.6 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We expect to face increasing competition across all channels, especially as additional plant-based meat product brands continue to enter the marketplace and as consumers trade down among proteins in the context of significant inflationary pressure. In response, we anticipate providing heavier discounting and promotions on some of our products from time to time. Although these actions are intended to build brand awareness and increase consumer trials of our products, they have had and are likely to continue to have a negative impact on our net revenues, gross margin and profitability, impacting period-over-period results.

In addition, because we do not have any purchase commitments from our distributors or customers, the amount of net revenues we recognize will vary from period to period depending on the volume, timing and the channels through which our products are sold, and the impact of customer orders ahead of holidays, causing variability in our results. Similarly, the timing of retail shelf resets are not within our control, and to the extent that retail customers change the timing of such events, variability of our results may also increase. Lower customer orders ahead of holidays, shifts in customer shelf reset activity and changes in the order patterns of one or more of our large retail customers could cause a significant fluctuation in our quarterly results and could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year. For example, in the third quarter of 2022, a combination of overall weaker than expected demand in the category and certain customer and distributor changes and buying patterns, such as reducing targeted inventory levels, among other factors, contributed to the decline in net revenues across markets and channels compared to the prior-year period.

Our financial performance also depends on our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time.

Further, we may not be able to recapture missed opportunities in later periods, for example if the opportunity is related to a significant grilling holiday like Memorial Day weekend, the Fourth of July, or Labor Day weekend. Missed opportunities may also result in missing subsequent additional opportunities. Internal and external operational issues therefore may impact the amount and variability of our results.

Seasonality

Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the summer grilling season. In 2022 and 2021, U.S. retail channel net revenues during the second quarter were 16% and 21% higher than the first quarter, respectively. We expect to continue to see additional seasonality effects, especially within our retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel generally tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year, along with increased levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. In addition, in an environment of uncertainty from recessionary and inflationary pressures, general softness in the plant-based category, competition and other factors impacting our business, including uncertainty around the long-term impacts of COVID-19, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.

Gross Profit

Gross profit consists of our net revenues less cost of goods sold. Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of raw materials and ingredients for our products, co-manufacturing fees, direct and indirect labor and certain supply costs, in-bound and internal shipping and handling costs incurred in manufacturing our products, warehouse storage fees, plant and equipment overhead, depreciation and amortization expense, cost of packaging our products, inventory write-offs and reserves. Under certain circumstances, our cost of goods sold may also include underutilization and/or termination fees associated with our co-manufacturing

59

agreements. Over time, we expect our cost of goods sold in absolute dollars to increase as a result of anticipated growth in our sales volume.

Subject to the recessionary and inflationary pressures, competition, general softness in the plant-based category and other factors impacting our business, we continue to expect that gross profit and gross margin improvements will be delivered primarily through:

•implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms;

•improved volume leverage and throughput;

•reduced manufacturing conversion costs driven in part by optimization of our production network;

•greater internalization and geographic localization of our manufacturing footprint;

•finished goods, materials and packaging input cost reductions and scale of purchasing;

•tolling fee efficiencies;

•end-to-end production processes across a greater proportion of our manufacturing network;

•scale-driven efficiencies in procurement and fixed cost absorption;

•diversification of our core protein ingredients;

•product and process innovations and reformulations;

•cost-down initiatives through ingredient and process innovation; and

•improved supply chain logistics and distribution costs.

Gross margin improvement may, however, continue to be negatively impacted by reduced capacity utilization if demand for our products does not meet our expectations, investments in our production infrastructure across the U.S., EU and China in advance of anticipated demand, investing in production personnel, partnerships and product pipeline, aggressive pricing strategies and increased discounting, increases in inventory reserves and potentially increased sales to the liquidation channel, changes in our product and customer mix, expansion into new geographies and markets where cost and pricing structures may differ from our existing markets, and underutilization fees and termination fees to exit certain supply chain arrangements, driving less leverage on fixed costs and delaying the speed at which cost savings initiatives impact our financial results. Gross margin improvement may also be negatively impacted by the impact of lower demand forecast, inflation, increasing labor costs, materials costs and transportation costs.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation, scale-up expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses on research and development assets, and facility lease costs. Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancements to our existing product formulations and production processes in addition to the development of new products. We expect to continue to invest in research and development over time, as research and development and innovation are core elements of our business strategy, and we believe they represent a critical competitive advantage for us. We believe that we need to continue to innovate in order to capture a larger share of consumers who typically eat animal-based meats. We expect research and development expenses in 2023 to decrease from the levels in 2022 as a result of the reduction in force implemented in October 2022 and as we focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly. Given our intention to reduce overall operating expenses and cash expenditures,

60

subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2022, on February 14, 2023, we terminated the lease of our Commerce, California commercialization center.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses consist primarily of selling, marketing and administrative expenses, including personnel and related expenses, share-based compensation, outbound shipping and handling costs, non-manufacturing lease expense, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing and non-research and development assets, consulting fees and other non-production operating expenses. Marketing and selling expenses include advertising costs, share-based compensation awards to brand ambassadors, costs associated with consumer promotions, product donations, product samples and sales aids incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness. Administrative expenses include expenses related to management, accounting, legal, IT and other office functions. We expect SG&A expenses in 2023 to decrease from the levels in 2022, as we focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly, including as part of the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms.

On August 3, 2022, we announced a reduction-in-force affecting approximately 4% of our global workforce. This reduction-in-force is expected to result in total annualized savings of approximately $8 million, excluding one-time separation costs of approximately $1 million, which we recorded in the third quarter of 2022 and reflected within the SG&A and Research and Development expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. On October 11, 2022, our Board of Directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by an additional approximately 200 employees, representing approximately an additional 19% of our total global workforce, based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. We incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $4 million in connection with the reduction in force of October 2022, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. The majority of these charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2022, and the reduction-in-force was substantially completed by the end of 2022.

Restructuring Expenses

In May 2017, management approved a plan to terminate an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release in connection with this matter. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected items in our statements of operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202220212020
Net revenues$418,933$464,700$406,785
Cost of goods sold442,676347,419284,510
Gross profit(23,743)117,281122,275
Research and development expenses62,26466,94631,535
Selling, general and administrative expenses239,505209,474133,655
Restructuring expenses17,25915,7946,430
Total operating expenses319,028292,214171,620
Loss from operations$(342,771)$(174,933)$(49,345)

61

The following table presents selected items in our statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Net revenues100.0%100.0%100.0%
Cost of goods sold105.774.869.9
Gross profit(5.7)25.230.1
Research and development expenses14.914.47.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses57.245.132.9
Restructuring expenses4.13.41.6
Total operating expenses76.262.942.2
Loss from operations(81.9)%(37.7)%(12.1)%

Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021

Net Revenues

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20222021Amount%
U.S.:
Retail$234,744$243,360$(8,616)(3.5)%
Foodservice69,28976,475(7,186)(9.4)%
U.S. net revenues304,033319,835(15,802)(4.9)%
International:
Retail$60,907$81,483$(20,576)(25.3)%
Foodservice53,99363,382(9,389)(14.8)%
International net revenues114,900144,865(29,965)(20.7)%
Net revenues$418,933$464,700$(45,767)(9.8)%

Net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased by $45.8 million, or 9.8%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 10.2% decrease in net revenue per pound including the impact of unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates, increased sales to liquidation channels and list price reductions in the U.S. and EU. Net revenues from foodservice channel sales decreased 11.9%,with a greater portion of the decrease from international foodservice channel sales. Net revenues from retail channel sales decreased 9.0% primarily due to reduced pricing, higher trade discounts, unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates and lower overall demand as a result of a deceleration in growth of the plant-based meat category.

Net revenues from U.S. retail sales in the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased $8.6 million, or 3.5%, as compared to the prior year. Total pounds sold increased 0.5%, offset by a decrease of 4.0% in net revenue per pound attributable to lower pricing, including the impact of increased sales to liquidation channels, strategic but limited list price reductions and higher trade discounts. By product, the decrease in U.S. retail channel net revenues was primarily due to reduced sales of Beyond Burger and Beyond Dinner Sausage, partially offset by sales to TPP of Beyond Meat Jerky introduced in the first quarter of 2022, which contributed $33.5 million in net revenues.

Net revenues from U.S. foodservice sales in the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased $7.2 million, or 9.4%, as compared to the prior year primarily driven by a decrease of 7.5% in net revenue per pound and a

62

2.0% decrease in total pounds sold. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily due to higher trade discounts and changes in sales mix. By product, the decrease in sales was primarily due to reduced sales of Beyond Burger and Beyond Breakfast Sausage driven by the discontinuation of distribution at a certain customer, partially offset by increased sales of chicken products, including sales to a large QSR customer and sales of Beyond Chicken Tenders and Beyond Sausage. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 78,000 U.S. retail outlets and 43,000 U.S. foodservice outlets as of December 2022.

Net revenues from international retail sales in the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased $20.6 million, or 25.3%, as compared to the prior year primarily driven by a 21.5% decrease in net revenue per pound and a 4.9% decrease in pounds sold. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily due to list price reductions in the EU implemented in the first quarter of 2022, impact of unfavorable foreign exchange rates, increased trade discounts and changes in sales mix. By product, the decrease in sales was primarily due to decreases in sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage and Beyond Beef, partially offset by increases in sales of chicken products, including Beyond Chicken Tenders, and Beyond Breakfast Sausage.

Net revenues from international foodservice channel sales in the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased $9.4 million, or 14.8%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 21.5% decrease in net revenue per pound, partially offset by an 8.6% increase in pounds sold. The decrease in net revenue per pound was mainly due to changes in sales mix, impact of unfavorable foreign exchange rates and increased trade discounts. By product, the decrease in sales was primarily due to decreases in sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef Crumble and Beyond Beef, partially offset by increases in sales of chicken products, including Beyond Chicken Tenders. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 35,000 international retail and 34,000 international foodservice outlets as of December 2022.

The following table presents volume of our products sold in pounds:

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20222021Amount%
U.S.:
Retail44,78444,5682160.5%
Foodservice12,78613,047(261)(2.0)%
International:
Retail13,43514,120(685)(4.9)%
Foodservice13,95112,8481,1038.6%
Volume of products sold84,95684,5833730.4%

Cost of Goods Sold

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20222021Amount%
Cost of goods sold$442,676$347,419$95,25727.4%

Cost of goods sold increased by $95.3 million, or 27.4%, in 2022 as compared to the prior year. As a percentage of net revenues, cost of goods sold increased to 105.7% of net revenues in 2022 from 74.8% of net revenues in the prior year. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily due to increased cost per pound and, to a lesser extent, increased pounds sold. The increase in cost per pound was primarily due to higher manufacturing costs including depreciation, increased logistics costs, higher inventory reserves and write-offs, and increased materials costs. In addition, the introduction of Beyond Meat Jerky in the first quarter of 2022 negatively impacted cost per pound in 2022 compared to the prior year. Cost of goods sold in 2022 included underutilization fees and one-time termination costs associated with certain co-manufacturing

63

agreements in the amount of $9.1 million, in aggregate, as compared to amounts which were immaterial in the prior year.

Cost of goods sold in 2022 included $22.6 million in write off of excess and obsolete inventories and $1.0 million in write down of inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of goods sold in 2021 included $12.5 million in write off of excess and obsolete inventories and $0.8 million in write down of inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20222021Amount%
Gross (loss) profit$(23,743)$117,281$(141,024)(120.2)%
Gross margin(5.7)%25.2%N/AN/A

Gross profit in 2022 was a loss of $23.7 million, or 5.7% of net revenues, as compared to gross profit of $117.3 million, or 25.2% of net revenues, in the prior year, a decline of $141.0 million. Gross margin in the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased to a negative gross margin of 5.7% from a positive gross margin of 25.2% in the prior year. Despite a 0.4% increase in total pounds sold, gross profit and gross margin decreased primarily as a result of increased cost per pound of approximately $1.10 and decreased net revenue per pound of approximately $0.56 in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. Beyond Meat Jerky negatively impacted gross profit by approximately $19.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2022. Sales of Beyond Meat Jerky and sales into the liquidation channel were both headwinds to gross profit compared to the prior year. Approximately $9.1 million, in aggregate, of the underutilization fees and one-time termination costs associated with certain co-manufacturing agreements, including $4.1 million associated with Beyond Meat Jerky, negatively impacted gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2022. Gross profit per pound and gross margin declined primarily due to decreased revenue per pound due to changes in product mix and higher trade discounts, combined with increased manufacturing costs per pound including depreciation, higher logistics costs and materials cost. As disclosed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Shipping and Handling Costs, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, we include outbound shipping and handling costs within SG&A expenses. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to other entities that present all shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20222021Amount%
Research and development expenses$62,264$66,946$(4,682)(7.0)%

Research and development expenses decreased $4.7 million, or 7.0%, in 2022, as compared to the prior year. Research and development expenses decreased primarily due to $7.1 million in lower scale-up expenses compared to the prior year, partially offset by higher facility lease-related costs.

SG&A Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20222021Amount%
Selling, general and administrative expenses$239,505$209,474$30,03114.3%

SG&A expenses increased by $30.0 million, or 14.3%, in 2022, as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to $12.8 million in higher marketing programs-related expenses including advertising costs incurred to raise awareness of our products both domestically and internationally; $11.2 million in higher

64

salaries and related expenses resulting from a higher headcount through the first three quarters of 2022 and severance-related expenses in the fourth quarter of 2022 associated with the October 2022 reduction in force; and $5.6 million in higher product donations.

Restructuring Expenses

As a result of the termination in May 2017 of an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co- manufacturers due to non-performance under the agreement, we recorded restructuring expenses of $17.3 million and $15.8 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively, primarily related to legal and other expenses associated with the dispute. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were $0.7 million and $2.7 million, respectively, in accrued unpaid liabilities associated with this contract termination primarily representing legal fees. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release in connection with this matter. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations in 2022 was $342.8 million compared to loss from operations of $174.9 million in the prior year. In addition to the decline in gross profit, the increase in loss from operations was also driven by higher SG&A and restructuring expenses, partially offset by lower research and development expenses.

Total Other Expense, Net

Total other expense, net in the year ended December 31, 2022 of $4.4 million consisted primarily of $4.0 million in interest expense from amortization of debt issuance costs and $4.9 million in foreign currency transaction losses, partially offset by $4.5 million in interest income. Total other expense, net in the year ended December 31, 2021 of $4.1 million consisted primarily of $3.6 million in interest expense from amortization of debt issuance costs, $1.0 million in loss on extinguishment of debt and $0.2 million in foreign currency transaction losses, partially offset by $0.2 million in interest income and $1.1 million in subsidies received from the Jiaxing Economic Development Zone Finance Bureau related to our investment in our subsidiary, Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd. (“BYND JX”).

Income Tax Expense

For 2022 and 2021, we recorded an income tax expense of $32,000 and $60,000, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of income taxes for state jurisdictions which have minimum tax requirements. No tax benefit was provided for losses incurred because those losses were offset by a full valuation allowance.

Net Loss

Net loss was $366.1 million in 2022 compared to $182.1 million in the prior year. This increase in net loss was driven by the year-over-year decrease in gross profit and increase in operating expenses.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the non-GAAP financial measures set forth below in assessing our operating performance and in our financial communications. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful additional information to investors about current trends in our operations and are useful for period-over-period comparisons of operations. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess operating performance and for business planning purposes. Management also believes these measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

65

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net loss adjusted to exclude, when applicable, income tax (benefit) expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, restructuring expenses, share-based compensation expense, expenses attributable to COVID-19, and Other, net, including interest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

“Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues.

There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues rather than their most directly comparable GAAP measures. Some of these limitations are:

•Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future increasing our cash requirements;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash required to service our debt, which reduces cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect restructuring expenses that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expenses attributable to COVID-19 that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense and therefore does not include all of our compensation costs;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect Other, net, including interest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses, that may increase or decrease cash available to us; and

•other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

66

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, as reported (unaudited):

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202220212020
Net loss, as reported$(366,137)$(182,105)$(52,752)
Income tax expense326072
Interest expense3,9663,6482,576
Depreciation and amortization expense32,58221,66313,299
Restructuring expenses(1)17,25915,7946,430
Share-based compensation expense33,85727,69827,279
Expenses attributable to COVID-1914,137
Other, net(2)420487759
Adjusted EBITDA$(278,021)$(112,755)$11,800
Net loss as a % of net revenues(87.4)%(39.2)%(13.0)%
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues(66.4)%(24.3)%2.9%

_____________

(1)Primarily comprised of legal and other expenses associated with the dispute with a co-manufacturer with whom an exclusive supply agreement was terminated in May 2017. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

(2)Includes $4.9 million and $0.2 million in net foreign currency transaction losses in 2022 and 2021, respectively. Also includes $1.0 million in loss on extinguishment of debt associated with termination of the Company’s credit facility in 2021.

67

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Convertible Senior Notes

On March 5, 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of our 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The initial purchasers of the Convertible Notes exercised their option to purchase an additional $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Additional Notes”, and together with the Convertible Notes, the “Notes”), and such Additional Notes were issued on March 16, 2021. The initial conversion price of the Notes is $206.00 per share of common stock, which represents a premium of approximately 47.5% over the closing price of the Company’s common stock on March 2, 2021. The Notes will mature on March 15, 2027, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). We used $84.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to fund the cost of entering into capped call transactions, described below. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Capped Call Transactions

On March 2, 2021, in connection with the pricing of the offering of the Convertible Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the “Base Capped Call Transactions”) with the option counterparties and used $73.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes to fund the cost of the Base Capped Call Transactions. On March 12, 2021, in connection with the Additional Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the “Additional Capped Call Transactions”) with the option counterparties and used $11.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the Additional Notes to fund the cost of the Additional Capped Call Transactions. The Base Capped Call Transactions and the Additional Capped Call Transactions (collectively, the “Capped Call Transactions”) cover, subject to customary adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that will initially underlie the Notes, and are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any cash payments we may make in excess of the principal amount of the converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions. The cap price of the Capped Call Transactions is $279.32, which represents a premium of 100% over the last reported sale price of our common stock on March 2, 2021. The aggregate $84.0 million paid for the Capped Call Transactions was recorded as a reduction to APIC. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 2, 2021, we terminated our secured revolving credit agreement, dated as of April 21, 2020 (the “Credit Agreement”), among the Company, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, and in connection with such termination: (i) all borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement were repaid in full by the Company; and (ii) all liens and security interests under the Credit Agreement in favor of the lenders thereunder were released. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Liquidity Outlook

In 2023, our cash from operations could be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this report. The COVID-19 pandemic, inflation, rising interest rates, overall economic conditions and hostilities in Eastern Europe have led to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets generally which could adversely affect our liquidity and capital resources in the future. However, based on our current business plan, we believe that our existing cash balances along with our anticipated cash flow from operations will be sufficient to finance our operations and meet our foreseeable cash

68

requirements through at least the next twelve months. In the future, we may raise funds by issuing debt or equity securities. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Our cash requirements under our significant contractual obligations and commitments are listed below in the section titled “Contractual Obligations and Commitments.” In addition, our ability to meet our cash flow positive targets is subject to a number of assumptions and uncertainties, including, without limitation, our ability to reduce costs and achieve positive gross margins; our ability to meet certain revenue and operating expense targets, which may be subject to factors beyond our control; and our ability to monetize inventory and manage working capital.

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth; the successful implementation of the cost-reduction initiatives described elsewhere in this report; timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structure in response to material fluctuations in product demand; the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets; our investment in and build out of our Campus Headquarters; the expenses associated with our marketing initiatives; any continued impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic; our investment in manufacturing and facilities to expand our manufacturing and production capacity; our investments in real property and joint ventures; the costs required to fund domestic and international operations and growth; the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes; any lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us or our directors and officers; the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel; the costs associated with being a public company; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.

We expect our operating expenses in 2023 to decrease from the levels in 2022, as we focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly. We incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $4 million in connection with the October 2022 reduction in force, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. The majority of these charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2022, and the reduction-in-force was substantially completed by the end of 2022.

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary cash needs are for operating expenses, working capital and capital expenditures to support our business. Prior to our IPO, we financed our operations through private sales of equity securities and through sales of our products. Since our inception and through our IPO, we raised a total of $199.5 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, including through sales of convertible notes which were converted into preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In connection with our IPO, we sold an aggregate of 11,068,750 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $25.00 per share and received approximately $252.4 million in net proceeds. On August 5, 2019, we completed a secondary public offering of our common stock in which we sold 250,000 shares and certain selling stockholders sold 3,487,500 shares. We sold 250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $160.00 per share and received approximately $37.4 million in net proceeds.

In March 2021, we issued $1.2 billion in aggregate principal amount of Notes as discussed above. As of December 31, 2022, we had $309.9 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $12.6 million securing the letter of credit to support the development and leasing of our Campus Headquarters.

69

Cash Flows

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows used in and provided by operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202220212020
Cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(320,244)$(301,370)$(39,995)
Investing activities$(87,527)$(147,479)$(74,900)
Financing activities$276$1,022,322$(1,762)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2022, we incurred a net loss of $366.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $320.2 million. Net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to $55.1 million in cash outflows associated with the prepaid lease costs for the Campus Lease (see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report), payments toward accounts payable and a decrease in accrued expenses. The net cash outflows were partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets and decrease in inventory. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2022, included $100.1 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, unrealized loss on foreign currency transactions and amortization of debt issuance costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we incurred a net loss of $182.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $301.4 million. Net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to the increase in all three classes of inventory, cash outflows associated with the escrow payments for the Campus Lease, increase in prepaid expenses and other assets and increase in accounts receivable. The net cash outflows were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2021 included $60.3 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, amortization of debt issuance costs and loss on extinguishment of debt.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $32.6 million and $21.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our growth and investment in property, plant and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, net cash used in investing activities was $87.5 million and consisted of $70.5 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by continued investments in production equipment and facilities related to our capacity expansion initiatives and international expansion, and $13.3 million for investment in TPP.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $147.5 million and consisted of $136.0 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by continued investments in production equipment and facilities related to our capacity expansion initiatives and international expansion, $11.0 million for investment in TPP.

70

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2022, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.3 million primarily from $1.6 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $1.1 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and payments under finance lease obligations.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $1.0 billion primarily from the proceeds of the Notes of $1.1 billion net of purchased capped call transaction amounts and $8.1 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by repayment of our revolving credit facility balance of $25.0 million, debt issuance costs of $23.6 million associated with the Notes, $3.1 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and payments under finance lease obligations.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Convertible Senior Notes

On March 5, 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes and on March 16, 2021, we issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Leases

On January 14, 2021, we entered into the Campus Lease with HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house our Campus Headquarters. Although we are involved in the design of the tenant improvements of the Campus Headquarters, we do not have title or possession of the assets during construction. In addition, we do not have the ability to control the leased Campus Headquarters until each phase of the tenant improvements is complete. We contributed $55.1 million and $59.2 million in payments towards the construction of the Campus Headquarters in the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These payments are initially recorded in “Prepaid lease costs, non-current” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and will ultimately be recorded as a component of a right-of-use asset upon lease commencement for each phase of the lease. During 2022, the tenant improvements associated with Phase 1-A were completed and the underlying asset was delivered to us. As such, upon the commencement of Phase 1-A, we recognized a $64.1 million right-of-use asset, which included the reclassification of $27.7 million of the construction payments previously included in “Prepaid lease costs, non-current,” and a $36.6 million lease liability. Aggregate payments towards base rent over the initial lease term associated with the remaining phases not yet delivered to us will be approximately $118.4 million.

Concurrent with our execution of the Campus Lease, as a security deposit, we delivered to the Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5 million. The letter of credit is secured by a $12.6 million deposit reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as “Restricted cash” as of December 31, 2022. See Note 4, Leases, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

China Investment and Lease Agreement

On September 22, 2020, we and our subsidiary, BYND JX, entered into an investment agreement with the Administrative Committee (the “JX Committee”) of the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone (the “JXEDZ”) pursuant to which, among other things, BYND JX has agreed to make certain investments in the JXEDZ in two phases of development, and we have agreed to guarantee certain repayment obligations of BYND JX under such agreement.

71

During Phase 1, we agreed to invest $10.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX in the JXEDZ through an intercompany investment in BYND JX and BYND JX agreed to lease a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years. In connection with such agreement, BYND JX entered into a factory leasing contract with an affiliate of the JX Committee, pursuant to which BYND JX agreed to lease and renovate a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years. In 2022, we amended the lease to extend the term for an additional five years without rent escalation. In the fourth quarter of 2021, BYND JX leased an approximately 12,000 square foot facility in Shanghai, China, for a period of eight years, which is used as a local research and development facility to support the local manufacturing operations.

In the event that we and BYND JX determine, in our sole discretion, to proceed with the Phase 2 development in the JXEDZ, BYND JX has agreed in the first stage of Phase 2 to increase its registered capital to $40.0 million and to acquire the land use right to a state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ to conduct development and construction of a new production facility. Following the first stage of Phase 2, we and BYND JX may determine, in our sole discretion, to permit BYND JX to obtain a second state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ in order to construct an additional facility thereon. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

In the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we received $0 and $1.1 million, respectively, in subsidies related to our investment in BYND JX from JXEDZ Finance Bureau. As of December 31, 2022, we had invested $22.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX and advanced $20.0 million to BYND JX. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

The Planet Partnership

On January 25, 2021, we entered into TPP, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack products made from plant-based protein. We recognized our share of the net losses in TPP in the amount of $18.9 million and $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we contributed our share of the investment in TPP of $13.3 million and $11.0 million, respectively. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2022, we contributed an additional $3.3 million as our share of the additional investment in TPP.

In the fourth quarter of 2022, we began taking steps to restructure certain contracts and operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky. Such activities are expected to continue through most of 2023.

Purchase Commitments

On July 27, 2022, we entered into an agreement to purchase certain property on a neighboring site to our manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands, for cash consideration of approximately €6.3 million, of which a €0.9 million deposit was made during 2022. The purchase is expected to close in the second half of 2023.

We have a multi-year agreement with Roquette for the supply of pea protein which expires on December 31, 2023. The plant-based protein sourced under the supply agreement is secured on a purchase order basis regularly, per specified minimum monthly and semi-annual quantities, throughout the term. We are not required to purchase plant based protein in amounts in excess of such specified minimum quantities; however the Company has the option to increase such minimum quantities for delivery. The total annual amount purchased each year by us must be at least the minimum amount specified in the agreement, which totals in the aggregate $154.1 million over the term of the agreement. We also have the right to be indemnified by Roquette in certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2022, we had committed to purchase pea protein inventory totaling $40.2 million in 2023.

As of December 31, 2022, we had $84.6 million in fee commitments to manufacture products at a co-manufacturer’s facility over a 5-year term (see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report). In addition, as of December 31, 2022, we

72

had approximately $28.8 million in purchase order commitments for capital expenditures primarily to purchase machinery and equipment, including the Enschede facility. Payments for these purchases will be due within twelve months of December 31, 2022.

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022:

Payments Due by Period
(in thousands)TotalLess Than One Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than Five Years
Operating lease obligations(1)(2)$92,581$7,027$13,922$12,726$58,906
Financing lease obligations(3)738244387107
Convertible debt(4)1,133,6081,133,608
Purchase commitments—inventory(5)40,15640,156
Purchase commitments—assets(6)28,78528,785
Co-manufacturer commitments(7)84,62410,06823,64050,916
TPP(8)3,2503,250
Total$1,383,742$89,530$37,949$1,197,357$58,906

___________________

(1)Includes lease payments for our former Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center, obligations under the Campus Lease relating to Phase 1-A, our manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Missouri, our commercialization center in Commerce, California, and all other operating lease obligations. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2022, on February 14, 2023, the lease on our commercialization center in Commerce, California was terminated. See Note 14, Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(2)Excludes obligations under Campus Lease, except for those relating to Phase 1-A. See Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(3)Consists of payments under various financing leases for certain equipment.

(4)Includes principal amount under our Notes issued March 2021. See Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(5)Consists of commitments to purchase pea protein inventory.

(6)Consists of commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment, including the commitment to purchase the Enschede facility.

(7)Consists of commitments to co-manufacturer.

(8)Consists of 2023 investment in TPP.

Segment Information

We have one operating segment and one reportable segment, as our CODM, who is our Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult,

73

subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for information about these critical accounting policies as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are generated through sales of our products to distributors or customers. Revenue is recognized at the point in which the performance obligation under the terms of a contract with the customer have been satisfied and control has transferred. The Company’s performance obligation is typically defined as the accepted purchase order, the direct-to-consumer order, or the contract, with the customer which requires the Company to deliver the requested products at agreed upon prices at the time and location of the customer’s choice. The Company generally does not offer warranties or a right to return on the products it sells except in the instance of a product recall or other limited circumstances.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for fulfilling the performance obligation. Sales and other taxes the Company collects concurrent with the sale of products are excluded from revenue. The Company's normal payment terms vary by the type and location of its customers and the products offered. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. None of the Company's customer contracts as of December 31, 2022 contains a significant financing component.

The Company routinely offers sales discounts and promotions through various programs to its customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. Provision for discounts and incentives are recorded in the same period in which the related revenues are recognized. At the end of each accounting period, the Company recognizes a contra asset to accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid. The offsetting charge is recorded as a reduction of revenues in the same period when the expense is incurred.

The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. The incremental cost to obtain contracts was not material.

Inventories and Cost of Goods Sold

Inventories are recorded at lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company accounts for inventory using the weighted average cost method. In addition to product cost, inventory costs include expenditures such as direct labor and certain supply and overhead expenses including in-bound shipping and handling costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Inventories are comprised primarily of raw materials, direct labor and overhead costs. Weighted average cost method is used to absorb raw materials, direct labor, and overhead into inventory. The Company reviews inventory quantities on hand and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical and forecasted demand, estimated shelf life of various raw materials and packaging, work in process and finished goods inventory, as well as the age of the inventory, among other factors.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and new accounting pronouncements that may impact us.

74

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001655210-22-000019.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-03-02. Report date: 2021-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking

59

Statements” included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report, as well as the information presented under “Selected Financial Data.”

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this document generally discusses 2021 and 2020 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2021 and 2020. Discussions of 2019 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2020 and 2019 that are not included in this document can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

Overview

Beyond Meat is a leading plant-based meat company offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats. We build meat directly from plants, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products. Our brand commitment, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based protein, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare. The success of our breakthrough innovation model and products has allowed us to appeal to a broad range of consumers, including those who typically eat animal-based meats, positioning us to compete directly in the $1.4 trillion global meat industry.

We sell a range of plant-based meat products across the three main meat platforms of beef, pork and poultry. As of December 2021, our products were available at approximately 130,000 retail and foodservice outlets in more than 90 countries worldwide, across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store, convenience store and natural retailer channels, direct-to-consumer, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools.

Our research and development and administrative offices are located in El Segundo, California. Our primary production facilities for our woven protein and dry blends are located in Columbia, Missouri. We lease manufacturing facilities consisting of approximately 26,000 square feet under a lease expiring June 30, 2022 and approximately 64,000 square feet under a lease expiring July 31, 2025, the latter of which is subject to automatic extensions for two consecutive three-year periods in accordance with the terms of the lease unless we provide notice terminating the lease at least one year before its expiration date.

We own a manufacturing facility consisting of approximately 86,000 square feet on approximately 19.34 acres of land in Devault, Pennsylvania, which is used primarily for finished goods production.

We own a manufacturing facility consisting of approximately 48,000 square feet in Enschede, the Netherlands, where we produce our woven protein and dry blend flavor systems for shipment to local co-manufacturers, including one of our distributors who built a co-manufacturing facility in the Netherlands used for production of our finished goods.

We lease a manufacturing facility consisting of approximately 43,000 square feet in Jiaxing, China, where we produce our woven protein and house end-to-end production. Renovations in the leased facility were substantially completed and trial production began in the first quarter of 2021. In the second quarter of 2021, several commercial trials of certain of our manufacturing processes were completed. Following the successful qualification of extrusion production capabilities in the third quarter of 2021 and the completion of International Food Safety System Certification (FSSC) 22000 and ISA Halal certification in the fourth quarter of 2021, the facility completed commercialization of end-to-end production at the end of 2021. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we also leased a 12,100 square foot facility in Shanghai, China, which will be used as a local research and development facility to support our local manufacturing operations. Design and construction work is underway, with estimated completion in the second quarter of 2022.

60

In the third quarter of 2021, we completed the purchase of a 142,000 square foot facility on approximately 12.90 acres of land in Columbia, Missouri. This facility is used primarily for warehousing and dry blending (ingredient handling).

Also in the third quarter of 2021, we assumed an operating lease for a building consisting of approximately 64,000 square feet in Commerce, California to house our commercialization center which will facilitate the trial and scale up of new products for both our woven protein and finished goods. The commercialization center is expected to improve our speed to market for new products, reduce overall network costs by freeing up production lines from trials and improve collaboration of technical resources. The lease expires in August 2033, subject to an option to extend the lease term for an additional 60 months. Design and construction work is underway, with estimated completion in 2022.

In addition to leasing our corporate headquarters and other general office space in El Segundo, California, we lease approximately 30,000 square feet for our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center in El Segundo, California under a lease expiring January 31, 2026. In 2021, we leased approximately an additional 10,200 square feet of adjacent lab space under pursuant to an amendment to our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center lease. Our right to use the additional 10,200 square feet of adjacent lab space was for an initial term through January 31, 2022, and may continue on a month-to-month basis thereafter.

On January 14, 2021, we entered into a 12-year lease with two 5-year extension options to house our corporate headquarters, lab and innovation space in El Segundo, California. The leased premises are to be built out by the landlord and delivered to us in three phases over a 26-month period. Once the premises are delivered to us in their entirety, we will lease approximately 281,110 rentable square feet under the lease. Design and construction work at the premises is underway, with occupancy of a portion of the premises likely to occur in the third quarter of 2022. See Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On January 25, 2021, we entered into The PLANeT Partnership, LLC (“TPP”), a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein. We believe TPP will allow us to reach more consumers by entering new product categories and distribution channels, increasing accessibility to plant-based protein around the world.

On March 5, 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of our 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On March 12, 2021, the initial purchasers of the Convertible Notes exercised their option to purchase an additional $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Additional Notes”, and together with the Convertible Notes, the “Notes”), and such Additional Notes were issued on March 16, 2021. The initial conversion price of the Notes is $206.00 per share of common stock, which represents a premium of approximately 47.5% over the closing price of the Company’s common stock on March 2, 2021. The Notes will mature on March 15, 2027, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. We used $84.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to fund the cost of entering into capped call transactions, described below and intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes and working capital. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 8, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere in this report.

On March 2, 2021, in connection with the pricing of the offering of the Convertible Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the “Base Capped Call Transactions”) with the option counterparties and used $73.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes to fund the cost of the Base Capped Call Transactions. On March 12, 2021, in connection with the Additional Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the “Additional Capped Call Transactions”) with the option counterparties and used $11.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of the Additional Notes to fund the cost of the Additional Capped Call Transactions.

61

The Base Capped Call Transactions and the Additional Capped Call Transactions (collectively, the “Capped Call Transactions”) cover, subject to customary adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that will initially underlie the Notes, and are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of the converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions. The cap price of the Capped Call Transactions is $279.32, which represents a premium of 100% over the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock on March 2, 2021. The aggregate $84.0 million paid for the Capped Call Transactions was recorded as a reduction to “Additional paid-in capital” (“APIC”).

Net revenues increased to $464.7 million in 2021 from $406.8 million in 2020 and $297.9 million in 2019, representing a 25% compound annual growth rate over a two-year period, compared to a 115% compound growth rate over a two-year period in 2020. We have generated losses since inception. Net loss in 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $182.1 million, $52.8 million and $12.4 million, respectively, as we pursued our long-term goal of future growth of our business, investing in innovation, people, infrastructure, product scaling and establishing strategic partnerships in the U.S., EU and China.

We operate on a fiscal calendar year, and each interim quarter is comprised of one 5-week period and two 4-week periods, with each week ending on a Saturday. Our fiscal year always begins on January 1 and ends on December 31. As a result, our first and fourth fiscal quarters may have more or fewer days included than a traditional 91-day fiscal quarter.

Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and we expect will continue to have, certain negative impacts on our business. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, governments and other authorities around the world implemented significant measures intended to control the spread of the virus, including social distancing measures, business closures or restrictions on operations, quarantines and travel bans. While some of these restrictions were lifted or eased in many jurisdictions as the rates of COVID-19 infections have decreased or stabilized and as various COVID-19 vaccines have become more widely available, a resurgence of COVID-19 and the impact of variants of the virus that causes COVID-19 in some markets has slowed the reopening process.

On November 4, 2021, the U.S. Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) issued a COVID-19 Vaccination and Testing Emergency Temporary Standard requiring all employers with 100 or more employees to ensure that their employees are fully vaccinated or test for COVID-19 on at least a weekly basis. The OSHA rule also requires that these employers provide paid-time for employees to get vaccinated, and ensure all unvaccinated workers wear a face mask in the workplace. While the U.S. Supreme Court stayed the OSHA rule in January 2022, it is not currently possible to predict with any certainty whether the stay will be lifted, the exact impact the new regulation would have on our company, suppliers and customers. Some employers, including the Company, already have implemented requirements for workers regarding vaccination status, testing and/or other measures in response to COVID-19. The Company has required compliance with its COVID-19 vaccination policy since October 31, 2021 for all California based employees, and December 31, 2021 for all other U.S. based employees, subject to any special exceptions or other approved reasonable accommodations. Effective January 26, 2022, OSHA has withdrawn this as an enforceable emergency temporary standard but has not withdrawn the emergency standard as a proposed rule.

We have established a cross-functional task force that meets regularly and continually monitors and tracks relevant data, including guidance from local, national and international health agencies. This task force works closely with our senior leadership and is instrumental in making critical, timely decisions and is committed to continuing to communicate to our employees as more information is available to share.

While our manufacturing facilities and our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center remained operational, beginning in March 2020 employees at our corporate headquarters began working remotely. Beginning in July 2021, our corporate employees returned to work and were provided a flexible working

62

schedule of working in the office or remotely depending on job responsibilities, company need and performance. Beginning in October 2021, we began requiring headquarters-based employees to return to working in the office. At all of our facilities, we follow current guidelines from local departments of public health and have implemented comprehensive preventative hygienic measures to support the health and safety of our employees. In addition, we strongly encourage face coverings while indoors and have implemented a mandatory vaccine policy absent approved accommodations and regular testing. At our manufacturing facilities, we have implemented a series of physical distancing and hygienic practices to further support the health and safety of our manufacturing employees. Travel and field marketing activities have resumed with instructions to adhere to COVID-19-related guidelines. Illness prevention policies have been updated company-wide to state that no employee may be onsite when experiencing any symptom of illness. Employees must remain home when sick and may not return onsite until symptom-free. If employees test positive for COVID-19, they must quarantine for five days and until they are no longer symptomatic, and must also test negative prior to returning to work.

The COVID-19 pandemic had a mixed impact on our quarterly foodservice channel net revenues in 2021, which declined in the first quarter of 2021 and recovered in the remaining three quarters of 2021 as compared to the same periods in the prior year. Overall, for the year ended December 31, 2021, foodservice channel net revenues were $139.9 million compared to $106.2 million in the prior year, a 31.7% increase. Despite the improvement in 2021 in the foodservice channel compared to the same period a year ago, we recognize that our anticipation of continued steady recovery in the foodservice channel is based on the assumption that COVID-19 infection rates both in the U.S. and abroad will be reasonably contained. The impacts of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic also continue to result in delays in tests or launches of our products among our foodservice customers and negatively impact the rate of our growth. Excluding our sales to large QSR customers, our foodservice channel has broad exposure to certain outlets that we believe have been disproportionately affected by COVID-19. These include, among others: amusement parks; academic institutions; hospitality; corporate catering services; movie theaters; sports arenas; and bars and pubs, locations that are frequently characterized by large gatherings of people in close proximity to each other, or those that may be adversely affected by reduced business or leisure travel, or reduced attendance at corporate offices. While we saw some improvement in demand in our foodservice business in 2021, the environment remains highly uncertain given the ongoing pandemic and the resurgence of COVID-19 and the appearance of variants.

Our retail channel net revenues in 2021 increased in the first quarter of 2021 but the rate of increase slowed down in the second and third quarters of 2021, and declined in the fourth quarter of 2021 as compared to the same periods in the prior year. Overall, for the year ended December 31, 2021, retail channel net revenues were $324.8 million compared to $300.6 million in the prior year, an 8.1% increase. In the prior year, we experienced a meaningful increase in retail demand as consumers shifted toward more at-home consumption as a result of the pandemic. But in 2021, retail channel net revenues were impacted by a general slowdown of growth in the U.S. plant-based meat category, higher trade discounts and, to a lesser extent, increased competition.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, our retail and foodservice channels accounted for approximately 69.9% and 30.1% of our net revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our retail and foodservice channels accounted for approximately 73.9% and 26.1% of our net revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our U.S. and international channels accounted for approximately 68.8% and 31.2% of our net revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our U.S. and international channels accounted for approximately 79.9% and 20.1% of our net revenues, respectively. The change in mix of our distribution channels has been significant since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, which is likely to continue to cause fluctuation in our financial results pending its duration, magnitude and effects.

In 2021, net revenues from the international channels, both retail and foodservice, significantly improved from the prior year. International net revenues increased 76.9% in 2021 as compared to 2020 primarily due to an increase in the number of distribution outlets that sell our products and due to the favorable comparison to the prior year when international foodservice net revenues were significantly impacted by COVID-19. In 2021,

63

U.S. foodservice channel net revenues improved but were more than offset by the decline in U.S. retail channel net revenues, resulting in a 1.6% decline in U.S. net revenues.

At December 31, 2021, our inventory balances increased 99% compared to the levels at December 31, 2020, primarily due to increases in raw materials including the growth in flavorings and packaging to support expansion in the number of products we offer, increases in work-in-process and finished goods inventories. The increase in finished goods inventory includes the effect of capitalized higher direct labor and production overhead costs.

Our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows may be adversely impacted in 2022 by the following:

•changes in our product mix including the launch of new products, which may carry lower margin profiles relative to existing products due in part to early cost of production inefficiencies;

•weak demand in the retail channel, primarily in the U.S. due to slower category growth and increased competitive activity;

•price reductions, primarily in the retail channel in Europe, intended to improve price competitiveness relative to competing products;

•increased unit cost of goods sold due to lower production volumes in response to weaker demand, which would adversely impact coverage of fixed production costs within our manufacturing facilities;

•increased unit cost of goods due to inflation, higher transportation and supply chain costs;

•increased promotional programs and trade discounts to our retail and foodservice customers and shifts in product and channel mix resulting in negative impacts on our gross margins;

•potential disruption to our supply chain and the supply chain more generally caused by distribution and other logistical issues; and

•labor needs at the Company as well as in the supply chain and at customers.

In addition to the above, it is challenging to estimate the extent of the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations due to continued uncertainty regarding the duration, magnitude and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. While the ultimate health and economic impact of COVID-19 continues to be highly uncertain, our business operations and results of operations, including our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows, may be adversely impacted in 2022, including as a result of:

•variability of demand in the foodservice channel due to the ongoing impact of COVID-19, including the resurgence of COVID-19 and the appearance of variants of the virus, despite the resumption of customer traffic in some foodservice establishments;

•potential disruption or closure of our facilities or those of our suppliers or co-manufacturers due to employee contraction of COVID-19;

•the timing and success of strategic partnership launches and resumption of any expansion plans for our product lines for those QSR customers who are in trial or test phase;

•reduced consumer confidence and consumer spending, including spending to purchase our products; and negative trends in consumer purchasing patterns due to consumers’ disposable income, credit availability, debt levels and inflation;

•reduced confidence by our foodservice partners due to the resurgence of COVID-19, as well as reimplementation of safety measures in certain jurisdictions and its potential impact on customer demand levels;

64

•further foodservice customer closures (including re-closures in connection with resurgences of COVID-19) or further reduced operations;

•our ability to introduce new foodservice products as QSR and other partners look to simplify menu offerings as a result of the pandemic;

•uncertainty in the length of recovery time for the U.S. and world economies; and

•disruptions in our ability to expand to new international locations.

Future events and effects related to COVID-19 cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts.

Environmental, Social and Governance

As a disruptive leader in the food industry, we have established ourselves as a leading producer of plant-based meat products that deliver a reduced environmental footprint and mitigate the social and welfare issues inherent to the production and consumption of animal protein. In order to continue that work and position ourselves as a leader in the integration of environmental and social change, we have committed to developing a comprehensive environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) program. As part of the development of our ESG program, we have completed a materiality analysis and are working on leveraging that analysis to create comprehensive ESG goals that will assist us with our commitment to ensuring responsible and sustainable business practices within our organization.

Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Net Revenues

We generate net revenues primarily from sales of our products to our customers across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store, convenience store and natural retailer channels, direct-to-consumer, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, mainly in the United States.

We present our net revenues by geography and distribution channel as follows:

Distribution ChannelDescription
U.S. RetailNet revenues from retail sales to the U.S. market(1)
U.S. FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to the U.S. market
International RetailNet revenues from retail sales to international markets, including Canada
International FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to international markets, including Canada

____________

(1) Includes net revenues from direct-to-consumer sales.

The following factors and trends in our business have driven net revenue growth over prior periods and are expected to be key drivers of our net revenue growth over time, subject to the duration, magnitude and effects of COVID-19 and other challenges as discussed above:

•increased penetration across our retail channel, including mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club store, convenience store and natural retailer channels, and our foodservice channel, including increased desire by foodservice establishments, including large FSR and/or global QSR customers, to add plant-based products to their menus and to highlight these offerings;

•the strength and breadth of our partnerships with global QSR restaurants and retail and foodservice customers;

65

•distribution expansion, increased sales velocity, household penetration, repeat purchases, buying rates (amount spent per buyer) and purchase frequency across our channels;

•increased international sales of our products across geographies, markets and channels as we continue to expand the breadth and depth of our international distribution and grow our numbers of international customers;

•our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products and manage our inventory;

•our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time;

•our continued innovation and product commercialization, including enhancing existing products and introducing new products, such as Beyond Meatballs, Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties and Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links, the recent launches of the latest iteration of our Beyond Burger and Beyond Chicken Tenders across our plant-based platforms that appeal to a broad range of consumers, specifically those who typically eat animal-based meat;

•enhanced marketing efforts as we continue to build our brand, amplify our value proposition around taste, health and sustainability, serve as a best-in-class partner to strategic and other QSR customers to support product development and category management, and drive consumer adoption of our products, including, for example, our billboard campaign, food truck tours in selected cities, our first Reddit AMA, our presence on TikTok, our NBA Twitter campaign during the NBA finals, mobile pop-ups in select U.S. cities to give consumers an exclusive first taste of our latest innovative products ahead of in-store availability, increased social media and digital activity to build consumer awareness and excitement, shopper marketing programs to incentivize consumer trial, and a robust Spotify podcast campaign around the launch of the latest iteration of our Beyond Burger;

•overall market trends, including growing consumer awareness and demand for nutritious, convenient and high protein plant-based foods; and

•increased production levels as we invest in production infrastructure and scale production to meet demand for our products across our distribution channels both domestically and internationally.

In addition to the factors and trends above, we expect the following to positively impact net revenues going forward, subject to the ultimate duration, magnitude and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and other challenges discussed above:

•expansion of our own internal production facilities domestically and abroad to produce our woven proteins, blends of flavor systems and binding systems, and finished goods, while forming additional strategic relationships with co-manufacturers; and

•localized production and third-party partnerships to increase the availability and speed with which we can get our products to customers internationally.

As we seek to continue to grow our net revenues, we face several challenges.

The extent of COVID-19’s effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic (including any additional resurgences), impact of variants of the virus that causes COVID-19, the wide distribution and public acceptance of the various COVID-19 vaccines and their efficacy against COVID-19 and variants of the virus, labor needs at the Company as well as in the supply chain and at customers, compliance with government or employer COVID-19 vaccine mandates and the resulting impact on available labor, and the level of social and economic restrictions imposed on the United States and abroad in an effort to curb the spread of the virus, and the impact on consumer behavior, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. For example, the impact of COVID-19 on any of our suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors or transportation or logistics providers may negatively affect the price and availability of our ingredients and/or

66

packaging materials and impact our supply chain. Labor shortages at retail and foodservice customers may impact our ability to launch new products or planned promotions, or may have other negative effects on customer demand. Additionally, if we are forced to scale back hours of production or close our production facilities or our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center in response to the pandemic, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. In addition, our growth strategy to expand our operations internationally may be impeded. The uncertainty created by COVID-19 significantly increases the difficulty in forecasting operating results and strategic planning. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of COVID-19 on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. However, the pandemic has had, and we expect may continue to have, a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and may adversely impact the trading price of our common stock. Future events and effects related to the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts.

We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. We anticipate that we will need to continue to offer more trade and promotion discounts to both our retail and foodservice customers to drive increased consumer trial, in response to COVID-19 and in response to increased competition. The expense associated with these discounts and promotions is estimated and recorded as a reduction in total gross revenues in order to arrive at reported net revenues. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a liability for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid which totaled $3.6 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. We expect to face increasing competition across all channels, especially as additional plant-based protein product brands continue to enter the marketplace. In response, we anticipate providing heavier discounting and promotions on some of our products. Although these actions are intended to build brand awareness and increase consumer trials of our products, they have had and are likely to continue to have a negative impact on our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin and profitability, impacting period-over-period results.

In addition, because we do not have any purchase commitments from our distributors or customers, the amount of net revenues we recognize will vary from period to period depending on the volume, timing and the channels through which our products are sold, and the impact of customer orders ahead of holidays, causing variability in our results. Similarly, the timing of retail shelf resets are not within our control, and to the extent that retail customers change the timing of such events, variability of our results may also increase. Lower customer orders ahead of holidays, shifts in customer shelf reset activity and changes in the order patterns of one or more of our large retail customers could cause a significant fluctuation in our quarterly results and could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

Our financial performance also depends on our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time. For example, in the third quarter of 2021 we experienced challenges in operations that led to unfulfilled orders, primarily due to severe weather resulting in the temporary loss of potable water in one Pennsylvania facility and water damage to inventory in another.

Further, we may not be able to recapture missed opportunities in later periods, for example if the opportunity related to a significant grilling holiday like Memorial Day weekend, the Fourth of July, or Labor Day weekend. Missed opportunities may also result in missing subsequent additional opportunities. Internal and external operational issues therefore may impact the amount and variability of our results.

Seasonality

Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the summer grilling season. In 2021, U.S. retail channel net revenues during the second quarter were 21% higher than the first quarter. In 2020, the impact of COVID-19 amplified this seasonal impact with U.S. retail channel net revenues increasing 80% compared to the first quarter of 2020. We continue to see additional seasonality effects,

67

especially within our retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year. along with increased levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. In an environment of uncertainty from the impact of COVID-19, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.

Gross Profit

Gross profit consists of our net revenues less cost of goods sold. Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of raw materials and ingredients for our products, co-manufacturing fees, direct and indirect labor and certain supply costs, in-bound and internal shipping and handling costs incurred in manufacturing our products, warehouse storage fees, plant and equipment overhead, depreciation and amortization expense, as well as the cost of packaging our products. In anticipation of future growth, we have had to very quickly scale production and expand our sources of supply for our core protein inputs such as pea protein.

We intend to continue to increase our production capabilities at our in-house manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Missouri, Devault, Pennsylvania, the Netherlands and China, while expanding our co-manufacturing capacity and exploring additional production facilities domestically and abroad. As a result of expansion initiatives, we expect our cost of goods sold in absolute dollars to increase as a result of anticipated growth of our sales volume.

Subject to the ultimate duration, magnitude and effects of COVID-19, we continue to expect that gross profit improvements will be delivered primarily through improved volume leverage and throughput, greater internalization and geographic localization of our manufacturing footprint and finished goods, materials and packaging input cost reductions, tolling fee efficiencies, end-to-end production processes across a greater proportion of our manufacturing network, scale-driven efficiencies in procurement and fixed cost absorption, diversification of our core protein ingredients, product and process innovations and reformulations, cost-down initiatives through ingredient and process innovation and improved supply chain logistics and distribution costs. We are also working to improve gross margin through ingredient cost savings achieved through scale of purchasing and through negotiating lower tolling fees. We intend to pass some of these cost savings on to the consumer as we pursue our goal to achieve price parity with animal protein in at least one of our product categories by the end of 2024.

Margin improvement may, however, continue to be negatively impacted by our focus on investing heavily in our business, establishing infrastructure in the U.S., EU and China, growing our customer base, volume deleveraging, aggressive pricing strategies and increased discounting, our product and customer mix, expanding into new geographies and markets, enhancing our production infrastructure, enhancing our product offerings and increasing consumer engagement by applying increasing pressure on the three key levers of taste, health and cost that we believe are critical for mass adoption. Margin improvement may also be negatively impacted by the impact of inflation, increasing labor costs, material costs and transportation costs.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation, scale-up expenses, and depreciation and amortization expense on research and development assets. Future research and development expenses will include expenses associated with our new Commerce, California commercialization center. Design and construction work is underway, with estimated completion in 2022. Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancements to our product formulations and production processes in addition to the development of new products. We expect to continue to invest substantial amounts in research and development, as research and development and innovation are core elements of our business strategy, and we believe they represent a critical competitive advantage for us. We believe that we need to continue to rapidly innovate in order to continue to capture a larger market share of consumers who typically eat animal-based

68

meats. Over time and subject to the duration, magnitude and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, we expect these expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but to decrease as a percentage of net revenues as we continue to scale production volume.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses

SG&A expenses consist primarily of selling, marketing and administrative expenses, including personnel and related expenses, share-based compensation, outbound shipping and handling costs, non-manufacturing lease expense, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing assets and other non-production operating expenses. Marketing and selling expenses include share-based compensation awards to brand ambassadors, advertising costs, costs associated with consumer promotions, product samples and sales aids incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness. Administrative expenses include expenses related to management, accounting, legal, IT and other office functions.

We expect SG&A expenses in absolute dollars to increase as we increase our domestic and international expansion efforts, expand our marketing efforts, and incur greater outbound shipping and handling costs as our revenues increase.

As we continue to grow, including internationally, we expect to expand our sales and marketing force to address additional opportunities. Over time, our administrative expenses are generally expected to increase with increased personnel to support various functions, including among others, operations and supply chain, accounting, finance, legal, IT and compliance-related functions.

Restructuring Expenses

In May 2017, management approved a plan to terminate an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers. For a discussion of these expenses, see Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected items in our statements of operations for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Net revenues$464,700$406,785$297,897
Cost of goods sold347,419284,510198,141
Gross profit117,281122,27599,756
Research and development expenses66,94631,53520,650
Selling, general and administrative expenses209,474133,65574,726
Restructuring expenses15,7946,4304,869
Total operating expenses292,214171,620100,245
Loss from operations$(174,933)$(49,345)$(489)

69

The following table presents selected items in our statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the respective periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
Net revenues100.0%100.0%100.0%
Cost of goods sold74.869.966.5
Gross profit25.230.133.5
Research and development expenses14.47.76.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses45.132.925.1
Restructuring expenses3.41.61.6
Total operating expenses62.942.233.7
Loss from operations(37.7)%(12.1)%(0.2)%

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Net Revenues

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20212020Amount%
U.S.:
Retail$243,360$264,111$(20,751)(7.9)%
Foodservice76,47560,76315,71225.9%
U.S. net revenues319,835324,874(5,039)(1.6)%
International:
Retail$81,483$36,472$45,011123.4%
Foodservice63,38245,43917,94339.5%
International net revenues144,86581,91162,95476.9%
Net revenues$464,700$406,785$57,91514.2%

Net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by $57.9 million, or 14.2%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in volume sold, partially offset by lower net price per pound. Growth in net revenues was primarily due to increased foodservice channel sales, reflecting favorable comparison to the prior year as foodservice channels experienced a significant reduction in demand in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and distribution gains in 2021 in the international foodservice channel. Retail channel sales increased primarily due to growth in demand in international markets, partially offset by weaker U.S. retail channel sales due to a deceleration in the growth of the plant-based meat category, higher trade discounts and, to a lesser extent, increased competition.

Net revenues from U.S. retail sales in the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased $20.8 million, or 7.9%, primarily due to decreases in sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Beef and Beyond Beef Crumble, partially offset by increased sales of Beyond Breakfast Sausage and Beyond Meatball. The introduction of Beyond Chicken Tenders in the fourth quarter of 2021 also contributed to U.S. retail channel sales in the year ended December 31, 2021.

Net revenues from U.S. foodservice sales in the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $15.7 million, or 25.9%, primarily due to increased sales of Beyond Burger, new chicken products, Beyond Beef and Beyond

70

Sausage, partially offset by decreased sales of Beyond Breakfast Sausage and Beyond Beef Crumble. Our products were available at approximately 34,000 U.S. retail outlets and 38,000 U.S. foodservice outlets as of December 2021.

Net revenues from international retail sales in the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $45.0 million, or 123.4%, due to increased sales of all of our products, primarily Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Beef and Beyond Meatballs, and to a lesser extent, due to increases in sales of Beyond Breakfast Sausage, Beyond Beef Crumble, Beyond Chicken Tenders and Beyond Pork. Net revenues from international foodservice sales in the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $17.9 million, or 39.5%, primarily due to increased sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef Crumble and Beyond Chicken Tenders, partially offset by decreased sales of Beyond Beef. Our products were available at approximately 58,000 international retail and foodservice outlets as of December 2021.

The following table presents volume of our products sold in pounds:

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20212020Amount%
U.S.:
Retail44,56845,706(1,138)(2.5)%
Foodservice13,04710,8602,18720.1%
International:
Retail14,1206,6847,436111.3%
Foodservice12,8489,2813,56738.4%
Volume of products sold84,58372,53112,05216.6%

Cost of Goods Sold

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20212020Amount%
Cost of goods sold$347,419$284,510$62,90922.1%

Cost of goods sold increased by $62.9 million, or 22.1%, in 2021 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to increased pounds sold and increased cost per pound. The increased cost per pound was driven by increases in manufacturing costs including depreciation and higher logistics costs partially offset by reduced material costs. Cost of goods sold in 2021 included $12.5 million in write off of excess and obsolete inventories and $0.8 million in write down of inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of goods sold in 2020 included $10.8 million in write off of excess and obsolete inventories related to the impact of COVID-19 including product repacking activities to repurpose certain foodservice inventory, and charges and write offs associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable and $0 in write down of inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20212020Amount%
Gross profit$117,281$122,275$(4,994)(4.1)%
Gross margin25.2%30.1%N/AN/A

71

Gross profit in 2021 was $117.3 million, or 25.2% of net revenues, as compared to gross profit of $122.3 million, or 30.1% of net revenues, in the prior year, a decline of $5.0 million. Gross profit per pound and gross margin declined primarily due to decreased revenue per pound due to changes in product mix and higher trade discounts, combined with increased manufacturing costs per pound including depreciation and higher logistics costs partially offset by reduced materials costs. As disclosed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Shipping and Handling Costs, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, we include outbound shipping and handling costs within SG&A expenses. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to other entities that present all shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20212020Amount%
Research and development expenses$66,946$31,535$35,411112.3%

Research and development expenses increased $35.4 million, or 112.3%, in 2021, as compared to the prior year. Research and development expenses increased primarily due to $19.2 million in higher scale-up expenses and a 38% increase in headcount compared to the prior year.

SG&A Expenses

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20212020Amount%
Selling, general and administrative expenses$209,474$133,655$75,81956.7%

SG&A expenses increased by $75.8 million, or 56.7%, in 2021, as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to $31.2 million in higher salaries and related expenses resulting from a higher headcount; $23.7 million in higher marketing programs-related expenses including advertising costs incurred to raise awareness of our products both domestically and internationally; $14.1 million in higher professional services fees related to recently established consulting agreements; $7.2 million in higher outbound freight costs; $2.7 million in higher general insurance costs; $1.6 million in higher share-based compensation expense; and $1.3 million in higher bad debt expense, partially offset by $4.1 million in absence of product donations and $2.1 million in lower legal fees.

Restructuring Expenses

As a result of the termination in May 2017 of an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co- manufacturers due to non-performance under the agreement, we recorded restructuring expenses of $15.8 million and $6.4 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively, primarily related to legal and other expenses associated with the dispute. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were $2.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in accrued unpaid liabilities associated with this contract termination representing legal fees. We continue to incur legal fees in connection with our ongoing efforts to resolve this dispute. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations in 2021 was $174.9 million compared to loss from operations of $49.3 million in the prior year. In addition to the decline in gross profit, the increase in loss from operations was also driven by

72

growth in overall headcount levels primarily to support our expanded manufacturing and supply chain operations, innovation and marketing capabilities, increased production trial and commercialization activities, increased investments in marketing activities, higher restructuring expenses primarily reflecting increased legal costs, higher outbound freight costs included in our selling expenses and expansion in our international operations.

Total Other Expense, Net

Total other expense, net in the year ended December 31, 2021 of $4.1 million consisted primarily of $3.6 million in interest expense from amortization of debt issuance costs, $1.0 million in loss on extinguishment of debt and $0.2 million in foreign currency transaction losses, partially offset by $0.2 million in interest income and $1.1 million in subsidies received from the Jiaxing Economic Development Zone Finance Bureau related to our investment in our subsidiary, Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd. (“BYND JX”). Total other expense, net in the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted primarily of $2.6 million in interest expense on our debt balances, $1.5 million in loss on extinguishment of debt and $0.2 million in foreign currency transaction losses, partially offset by $0.8 million in interest income.

Other, net was a net expense of $0.5 million in 2021 and $0.8 million in 2020. Other, net in 2021 and 2020 included $1.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, in loss on extinguishment of our refinanced credit arrangements, partially offset by interest income from invested cash balances. Interest income decreased to $0.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $0.8 million in the prior year.

Income Tax Expense

For 2021 and 2020, we recorded income tax expense of $60,000 and $72,000, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of income taxes for state jurisdictions which have minimum tax requirements. No tax benefit was provided for losses incurred because those losses were offset by a full valuation allowance.

Net Loss

Net loss was $182.1 million in 2021 compared to a net loss of $52.8 million in the prior year. This increase in net loss was driven by the year-over-year decrease in gross profit and increase in operating expenses. During 2020, net loss included $14.1 million in costs attributable to COVID-19 including $6.6 million in product repacking costs, $4.8 million in inventory write-offs and charges associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable and $2.7 million in product donation costs related to our COVID-19 relief efforts, and $1.5 million of debt extinguishment costs associated with our refinanced credit arrangements.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use the non-GAAP financial measures set forth below in assessing our operating performance and in our financial communications. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful additional information to investors about current trends in our operations and are useful for period-over-period comparisons of operations. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess operating performance and for business planning purposes. Management also believes these measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net loss adjusted to exclude, when applicable, income tax (benefit) expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, restructuring expenses, share-based compensation expense, expenses attributable to COVID-19, remeasurement of our warrant liability, and Other, net, including interest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

73

“Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues.

There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues rather than their most directly comparable GAAP measures. Some of these limitations are:

•Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future increasing our cash requirements;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash required to service our debt, which reduces cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect restructuring expenses that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expenses attributable to COVID-19 that reduce cash available to us;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense and therefore does not include all of our compensation costs;

•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect Other, net, including interest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses, that may increase or decrease cash available to us; and

•other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, as reported (unaudited):

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Net loss, as reported$(182,105)$(52,752)$(12,443)
Income tax expense60729
Interest expense3,6482,5763,071
Depreciation and amortization expense21,66313,2998,106
Restructuring expenses(1)15,7946,4304,869
Share-based compensation expense27,69827,27912,807
Expenses attributable to COVID-19(2)14,137
Remeasurement of warrant liability12,503
Other, net(3)487759(3,629)
Adjusted EBITDA$(112,755)$11,800$25,293
Net loss as a % of net revenues(39.2)%(13.0)%(4.2)%
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues(24.3)%2.9%8.5%

_____________

(1)Primarily comprised of legal and other expenses associated with the dispute with a co-manufacturer with whom an exclusive supply agreement was terminated in May 2017.See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

74

(2)In 2020, comprised of $14.1 million in costs attributable to COVID-19 consisting of $6.6 million in product repacking costs, $4.8 million in inventory write-offs and charges associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable and $2.7 million in product donation costs related to our COVID-19 relief efforts.

(3)Includes $1.0 million in loss on extinguishment of debt associated with termination of the Company’s credit facility in the year ended December 31, 2021 and $1.5 million in loss on extinguishment of debt associated with the Company’s refinanced credit arrangements in the year ended December 31, 2020.

75

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Convertible Senior Notes

On March 5, 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of our 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The initial purchasers of the Convertible Notes exercised their option to purchase an additional $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Additional Notes”, and together with the Convertible Notes, the “Notes”), and such Additional Notes were issued on March 16, 2021. The initial conversion price of the Notes is $206.00 per share of common stock, which represents a premium of approximately 47.5% over the closing price of the Company’s common stock on March 2, 2021. The Notes will mature on March 15, 2027, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the Trustee”). We used $84.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to fund the cost of entering into capped call transactions, described below. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 8, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Capped Call Transactions

On March 2, 2021, in connection with the pricing of the offering of the Convertible Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the “Base Capped Call Transactions”) with the option counterparties and used $73.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes to fund the cost of the Base Capped Call Transactions. On March 12, 2021, in connection with the Additional Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the “Additional Capped Call Transactions”) with the option counterparties and used $11.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the Additional Notes to fund the cost of the Additional Capped Call Transactions. The Base Capped Call Transactions and the Additional Capped Call Transactions (collectively, the “Capped Call Transactions”) cover, subject to customary adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that will initially underlie the Notes, and are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any cash payments we may make in excess of the principal amount of the converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions. The cap price of the Capped Call Transactions is $279.32, which represents a premium of 100% over the last reported sale price of our common stock on March 2, 2021. The aggregate $84.0 million paid for the Capped Call Transactions was recorded as a reduction to APIC. See Note 8 Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 2, 2021, we terminated our secured revolving credit agreement, dated as of April 21, 2020 (the “Credit Agreement”), among the Company, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, and in connection with such termination: (i) all borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement were repaid in full by the Company; and (ii) all liens and security interests under the Credit Agreement in favor of the lenders thereunder were released. See Note 8, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Liquidity Outlook

In 2022, our cash from operations could be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the effects of COVID-19 and other risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this report. The pandemic and hostilities in Eastern Europe have led to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets generally which could adversely affect our liquidity and capital resources in the future. However, based on our current business plan, we believe that our existing cash balances will be sufficient to finance our operations and meet our foreseeable cash requirements through at least the next twelve months. In the future, we may raise funds by issuing debt or equity securities. Our cash requirements under our

76

significant contractual obligations and commitments are listed below in the section titled “Contractual Obligations and Commitments.” Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets; our investment in and build out of our campus headquarters; the expenses associated with our marketing initiatives; our investment in manufacturing and facilities to expand our manufacturing and production capacity; the costs required to fund domestic and international growth; the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes; any lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us, including the costs associated with our current litigation with a former co-manufacturer; the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel; the costs associated with being a public company; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary cash needs are for operating expenses, working capital and capital expenditures to support the growth in our business. Prior to our IPO, we financed our operations through private sales of equity securities and through sales of our products. Since our inception and through our IPO, we raised a total of $199.5 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, including through sales of convertible notes which were converted into preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In connection with our IPO, we sold an aggregate of 11,068,750 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $25.00 per share and received approximately $252.4 million in net proceeds. In connection with our Secondary Offering, we sold 250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $160.00 per share and received approximately $37.4 million in net proceeds.

In March 2021, we issued $1.2 billion in aggregate principal amount of Notes as discussed above. As of December 31, 2021, we had $733.3 million in cash and cash equivalents.

Cash Flows

In the year ended December 31, 2021, approximately $269.6 million in aggregate expenditures to purchase inventory, purchase property, plant and equipment, invest in joint venture, and approximately $174.3 million in other cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities were funded by net borrowings of $1,017.4 million, after repaying the entire balance of the revolving credit facility.

The following table presents the major components of net cash flows used in and provided by operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities$(301,370)$(39,995)$(46,995)
Investing activities$(147,479)$(74,900)$(26,164)
Financing activities$1,022,322$(1,762)$294,876

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we incurred a net loss of $182.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $301.4 million. Net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to the increase in all three classes of inventory, cash outflows associated with the escrow payments for the Campus Lease (see Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report), increase in prepaid expenses and other assets and increase in accounts receivable. The net cash outflows were partially offset by

77

an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2021, included $60.3 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, provision for losses on accounts receivable and loss on extinguishment of debt.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred a net loss of $52.8 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $40.0 million. Net cash used in operating activities also included $32.2 million in net cash outflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities, primarily due to increase in inventory, and prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in accounts receivable. Increase in inventories, primarily due to the increase in raw materials inventory resulting from pea protein isolate received pursuant to agreed-upon delivery schedules to meet our anticipated product demand, negatively impacted cash flows from operations because due to the impact of COVID-19 the anticipated sales and the resulting cash inflows did not materialize as expected. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020, included $44.9 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense and loss on extinguishment of debt.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred a net loss of $12.4 million. The primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $47.0 million was the $68.2 million in net cash outflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities, primarily due to increases in inventory to meet growth in anticipated sales and to accommodate longer lead times for international shipments and increases in accounts receivable, partially offset by $33.7 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, change in warrant liability and depreciation and amortization expense.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $21.7 million, $13.3 million and $8.1 million, in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our growth and investment in property, plant and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $147.5 million and consisted of $136.0 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by continued investments in production equipment and facilities related to our capacity expansion initiatives and international expansion, $11.0 million for investment in TPP and security deposits.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $74.9 million and consisted of $57.7 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by continued investments in production equipment and facilities related to our capacity expansion initiatives and international expansion, including the acquisition of a manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands, $15.5 million for the acquisition of assets from a former co-manufacturer, $2.3 million in cash outflows related to property, plant and equipment purchased for sale to co-manufacturers, and security deposits, partially offset by proceeds from sale of assets held for sale.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $26.2 million and consisted of $23.8 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily for manufacturing facility improvements and manufacturing equipment, $2.1 million in cash outflows related to property, plant and equipment purchased for sale to co-manufacturers, and security deposits, partially offset by proceeds from sale of assets held for sale.

78

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $1.0 billion primarily from the proceeds of the Notes of $1.1 billion net of purchased capped call transaction amounts and $8.1 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by repayment of revolving credit facility of $25.0 million, debt issuance costs of $23.6 million associated with the Notes, $3.1 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and payments under finance lease obligations.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used by financing activities was $1.8 million primarily due to $31.0 million in extinguishment of prior credit facilities, debt issuance costs of $1.2 million associated with the then new revolving credit facility and debt extinguishment costs of $1.2 million associated with our refinanced credit arrangements, partially offset by $25.0 million in net proceeds to us from our revolving credit facility. Cash flows from financing activities included $9.0 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $2.3 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards, and $70,000 in payments of finance lease obligations.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $294.9 million primarily as a result of $254.9 million in net proceeds from our IPO, net of issuance costs, $37.4 million in net proceeds to us from the Secondary Offering, net of issuance costs, and $2.7 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $55,000 in payments toward finance lease obligations.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Convertible Senior Notes

On March 5, 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes and on March 16, 2021, we issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 8, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Leases

See Note 4, Leases, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

On January 14, 2021, we entered into a Lease (the “Campus Lease”) with HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house our headquarters offices, lab and innovation space in El Segundo, California. The initial term of the Campus Lease is 12 years, with two renewal options, each for a period of five years.

Under the terms of the Campus Lease, we will lease an aggregate of approximately 281,110 rentable square feet in a portion of a building located at 888 Douglas Street, El Segundo, California (the “Premises”), to be built out by Landlord and delivered to the Company in three phases over a 26-month period. Aggregate payments towards base rent for the Premises over the term of the lease will be approximately $159.3 million. In 2021, we paid $0.2 million in payments towards common area maintenance, parking, and insurance. No such payments were made in 2020 or 2019.

Although we are involved in the design of the tenant improvements of the Premises, we do not have title or possession of the assets during construction. In addition, we do not have the ability to control the leased Premises until each phase of the tenant improvements is complete. As of December 31, 2021, the tenant improvements associated with Phase 1-A had not been completed, and the underlying asset had not been delivered to us. Accordingly, there was no lease commencement during the quarter ended December 31, 2021. Therefore, we have not recognized an asset or a liability for the Campus Lease in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021. We contributed $59.2 million in payments to a construction escrow account during the year ended December 31, 2021. These payments are recorded in “Prepaid lease costs, non-current” in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, which will ultimately be recorded as a component

79

of a right-of-use asset upon lease commencement. We expect to fund an estimated $71 million of additional funds to the construction escrow account in 2022 as the Landlord continues to build out the Premises and anticipate that Phase-1A will be completed and the lease commencement date is expected to occur during the third quarter of 2022.

Concurrent with the our execution of the Campus Lease, as a security deposit, we delivered to Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5 million which amount will decrease to: (i) $6.3 million on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date; (ii) $3.1 million on the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date; and (iii) $0 in the event we receive certain credit ratings; provided we are not then in default of our obligations under the Campus Lease. Upon termination of the revolving credit facility, the letter of credit continued in effect, unsecured.

China Investment and Lease Agreement

On September 22, 2020, we and BYND JX entered into an investment agreement with the Administrative Committee (the “JX Committee”) of the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone (the “JXEDZ”) pursuant to which, among other things, BYND JX has agreed to make certain investments in the JXEDZ in two phases of development and we have agreed to guarantee certain repayment obligations of BYND JX under such agreement.

During Phase 1, we have agreed to invest $10.0 million in the JXEDZ through an intercompany investment in BYND JX and BYND JX has agreed to lease a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years. In connection with such agreement, BYND JX entered into a factory leasing contract with an affiliate of the JX Committee, pursuant to which BYND JX has agreed to lease and renovate a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two years.

In the year ended December 31, 2021, we received $1.1 million in subsidies related to our investment in BYND JX from the Jiaxing Economic Development Zone Finance Bureau. No such subsidies were received in the year ended December 31, 2020. In the event that we and BYND JX determine, in our sole discretion, to proceed with the Phase 2 development in the JXEDZ, BYND JX has agreed in the first stage of Phase 2 to increase its registered capital by $30.0 million and to acquire the land use right to a state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ to conduct development and construction of a new production facility. Following the first stage of Phase 2, we and BYND JX may determine, in our sole discretion, to permit BYND JX to obtain a second state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ in order to construct an additional facility thereon. See Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Investment in The PLANeT Partnership

On January 25, 2021, we entered into The PLANeT Partnership, LLC (“TPP”), a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein. We believe TPP will allow us to reach more consumers by entering new product categories and distribution channels, increasing accessibility to plant-based protein around the world. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we contributed our share of the investment in TPP, $11.0 million, and recognized our share of the net losses in TPP in the amount of $3.0 million. No such amounts were recognized in 2020 or 2019. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, elsewhere in this report. We have committed to invest in TPP an additional $16.5 million in 2022.

Purchase Commitments

We have a multi-year sales agreement with Roquette for the supply of pea protein which expires on December 31, 2022. The plant-based protein sourced under the supply agreement is secured on a purchase order basis regularly, per specified minimum monthly and semi-annual quantities, throughout the term. We are not required to purchase plant based protein in amounts in excess of such specified minimum quantities; however the Company has the option to increase such minimum quantities for delivery. The total annual amount purchased each year by us must be at least the minimum amount specified in the agreement, which totals in the

80

aggregate $154.1 million over the term of the agreement. We also have the right to be indemnified by Roquette in certain circumstances. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2021, on February 8, 2022, we amended our supply agreement for pea protein with Puris to extend the term through December 31, 2022. We obtain protein under the Puris Agreement on a purchase order basis and have the right to cancel purchase orders if we provide timely written notice. The amount purchased in each quarter of 2022 is mutually agreed upon by us and Puris prior to each quarter and becomes a binding quarterly commitment upon such agreement. We also have the right to be indemnified by Puris and must indemnify Puris in certain circumstances.

As of December 31, 2021, we had committed to purchase pea protein inventory totaling $52.9 million in 2022, which excludes the pea protein supply agreement signed with Puris subsequent to the year end. See Note 14, Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. In addition, as of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $51.4 million in purchase order commitments for capital expenditures primarily to purchase machinery and equipment. Payments for these purchases will be due within twelve months of December 31, 2021.

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021:

Payments Due by Period
(in thousands)TotalLess Than One Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than Five Years
Operating lease obligations(1)(2)$33,164$5,548$8,831$5,801$12,984
Financing lease obligations(3)646194328124
Convertible debt(4)1,150,0001,150,000
Purchase commitments—inventory(5)52,92952,929
Purchase commitments—assets(6)51,39151,391
Estimated additional funding—Campus Lease(7)$71,000$71,000$$$
The PLANeT Partnership(8)$16,500$16,500$$$
Total$1,375,630$197,562$9,159$5,925$1,162,984

___________________

(1)Includes lease payments for our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center and corporate offices in El Segundo, California, our manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Missouri, our commercialization center under renovation in Commerce, California, and all other operating lease obligations.

(2)Excludes obligations under Campus Lease. See Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(3)Consists of payments under various financing leases for certain equipment.

(4)Includes principal amount under our Notes issued March 2021. See Note 8, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(5)Consists of commitments to purchase pea protein inventory. Excludes pea protein supply agreement entered into subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2021. See Note 14, Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

(6)Consists of commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment.

(7)Consists of estimated amount of additional funds to fund the construction escrow account for the Campus Lease.

(8)Consists of estimated 2022 investment in TPP.

Segment Information

We have one operating segment and one reportable segment, as our CODM, who is our Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

81

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for information about these critical accounting policies as well as a description of our other accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

While our revenue recognition does not involve significant judgment, it represents an important accounting policy. Our revenues are generated through sales of our products to distributors or customers. Revenue is recognized at the point in which the performance obligation under the terms of a contract with the customer have been satisfied and control has transferred. The Company’s performance obligation is typically defined as the accepted purchase order, the direct-to-consumer order, or the contract, with the customer which requires the Company to deliver the requested products at agreed upon prices at the time and location of the customer’s choice. The Company generally does not offer warranties or a right to return on the products it sells except in the instance of a product recall or other limited circumstances.

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for fulfilling the performance obligation. Sales and other taxes the Company collects concurrent with the sale of products are excluded from revenue. The Company's normal payment terms vary by the type and location of its customers and the products offered. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. None of the Company's customer contracts as of December 31, 2021 contains a significant financing component.

The Company routinely offers sales discounts and promotions through various programs to its customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. Provision for discounts and incentives are recorded in the same period in which the related revenues are recognized. At the end of each accounting period, the Company recognizes a liability for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid. The offsetting charge is recorded as a reduction of revenues in the same period when the expense is incurred.

The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. The incremental cost to obtain contracts was not material.

Capped Call Transactions

In connection with the pricing of the offering of the Convertible Notes, on March 2, 2021 and March 12, 2021, the Company entered into capped call transactions with the option counterparties. See Note 8 Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. Capped call transactions cover the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock that will initially underlie the Notes, and generally reduce potential dilution to the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company may make in excess of the principal amount of the converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the cap price of the capped call transactions. The Company determined that the freestanding capped call option contracts qualify as equity under the accounting guidance on indexation and equity classification, and recognized the contract by recording an entry to APIC in stockholders’ equity in its consolidated balance sheet. The Company also determined that the capped call option contracts meet

82

the definition of a derivative under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”), but are not required to be accounted for as a derivative as they meet the scope exception outlined in ASC 815. Instead the capped call options are recorded in APIC and not remeasured.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Effective December 31, 2020, we lost our EGC status and are now categorized as a Large Accelerated Filer based upon the current market capitalization of the Company according to Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we must comply with all financial disclosure and governance requirements applicable to Large Accelerated Filers.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and new accounting pronouncements that may impact us.

83